Home

Nissan USA pdf 2008 350Z Owner`s Manual

1. 4 9 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security E e A E 2 19 Alcohol drugs and driving sssssssssssessrerssrsrrssrsresrenns 5 6 Anchor point location Top tether strap 1 24 PVC TGs E A E E A A 4 30 Anti lock Braking System ABS cscsssssssesseees 5 21 Anti lock Braking System ABS warning MEN acca ee E 2 11 Appearance care Exterior appearance CALE qu eecececeteeeeteeeeeeeees 7 2 Interior appearance care sssssssesesisrerrsiresrernre 7 5 Audible reminders ssssssssssssssisrssrsnsseouerinrnenrennsesnsnnns 2 17 Audio operation precautions cesses 4 14 Audio SYSIOM ccesnecenttatacrsicerontoictusrte tones tueutsiveetnweiss 4 12 Steering wheel audio Controls sessen 4 29 Autochanger Compact Disc CD sccinsdiacsacacsreszatenntannestaneacetian 4 26 Automatic Anti Glare inside MUO cigs cressecicerenccernpentence 3 26 Automatic adjusting function front VANS ceacted cater conan anesetcens aceite 2 40 Automatic passenger seatback tilt TUNGU Oain 1 5 3 17 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 5 10 Avoiding collision and rollOver 5 5 B Batte east eee ccs see aaraa E A ra iaar airi 8 15 Battery saver SyStem ssssssrsrisrrsrrrrssrerrerrsrrerenn 2 25 Keyfo Dciue Teepee 8 24 Before starting the engine ssssssssssrsrsrierersrsrserne 5 9 Belts See drive belts 8 17 Booster seats s ssesesessrsreeeresterrrrrrrtntrtrtrerntnrnreennnn ee 1 25 Blu
2. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking ef ficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lu brication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the 6 In case of emer When towing a trailer change transmis sion oil more frequently For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gency section of this manual
3. Main menu Phone Book New Entry A Edit Delete List Names D The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B New entry a Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular ohone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the co
4. The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos Setup Main menu Setup Pair Phone A List Phones Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone Select Ringtone Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change options associated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair phone a Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone operate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an exist ing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system announces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands e New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section e Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the paring procedure will begin Refer to P
5. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle fea tures or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts Refer to Child safety and Child restraints in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion for precautions regarding chil dren ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea tures to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indica
6. Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors and or rear hatch are not closed securely while the ignition switch is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light
7. Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 Settings gt Display N Da e erms N onm A E o H A Display settings The following menu will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen select the Display key and push the ENTER button to turn off the ON indicator When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display To turn on the screen select the Display key and turn on the ON indicator Brightness Contrast To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to darker or brighter and the contrast to lower or higher using the joystick 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems aooo y V el onena eo A Yil clock Fomat Ca l orsa Co Ji Danasa CD G mweze Ci e E UUO SAA1091 Clock settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Clock key and pushing the ENTER button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will ind
8. For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the language to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE You must press the 4 button or the MODE button within 5 seconds to change the language Press ats Press MODE TALK PHONE MODE PHONE SEND END to select to select Current language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 35 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired Pairing procedure tion on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone Main menu number Setup A Pair Phone The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular pohone Owner s Manual for de p Main menu New Phone Initiate from handset D Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone G Push the Oe button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com mands Say Setup a The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Pair phone 8 The system acknowl edges the com
9. Technical and consumer information 9 21 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product MANUAL TRANSMISSION e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts 9 22 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service
10. e Do not use the tire chains on dry roads e Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated in this vehicle as front tires are different size from rear tires and the direction of wheel rotation Is fixed in each tire A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the vA wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced iy if e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury 4 TIARI 1 Wea
11. 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the auto matic transmission which is not cov ered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty POWER STEERING FLUID HOT MAX hy COLD MAX HOT y copa T HOT MIN COLD MIN Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD range at fluid tem peratures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF fluid Remove the cap and fill through the opening CAUTION e Do not overfill e Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent For more information regarding suitable equiva lents see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For additional brake and clutch fluid information refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual WARNING e Use only new fluid from a
12. Do not operate the top in a strong wind It could be blown by the wind striking someone or damage the top Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the top is being op erated In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle with an open top Always use seat belts and proper child restraints CAUTION Do not operate the top when the temperature is below 32 F 0 C This may result in damage to the top ma terial or operating system Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the top and dry the sur 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments face of the top completely before opening it Do not open the top when it is wet or damp This may cause interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Be sure to turn off the rear window defroster switch Never turn it on while the top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material SPA1701 CAUTION e Donot place any objects between the top cloth and the structure Doing so could interfere with top operation and cause damage to the top operat ing system or the objects Do not place anything on the top and the storage lid Even small items may interfere with the top operation and could cause damage to the top or the vehicle body Do not place anything in the top stor age area The top will not fit there properly and this
13. RESET After 100 hours the time will start from the reset display again 2 10 Instruments and controls Even if the display is switched to the other mode while the time is starting the stopwatch contin ues to advance until you stop the time in the stopwatch mode When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position the time is reset Up shift indicator setting rom for manual transmission models The up shift indicator setting mode is used to set the desired engine speed rpm for the up shift indicator situated in the tachometer to illuminate When the engine speed approaches or reaches the set figure the up shift indicator will flash or illuminate to show the driver the timing for shifting into a higher gear See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section for the use of the up shift indicator When the up shift indicator setting mode is selected the rpm indicator blinks and the engine speed currently set is displayed The initial factory setting is 7 500 rpm The figure can be changed between 2 000 and 9 000 rpm by pushing trip computer setting switch B Press ing the switch for less than approximately 1 second will add the figure by 100 rpm If pushing for more than approximately 1 second the figure will increase by 500 rpm If the battery cable is disconnected the set engine speed will be returned to the initial figure 7 500 rpm Display priority If a low outside air t
14. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab A then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 4 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1730A If necessary clean the windshield washer nozzle a with a needle or small pin 8 1 Only for passenger s side wiper arm 2 Adjustable washer nozzles BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au dible wear indicators When a brake pad re quires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is In motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed Fo
15. Phone System erreneren aa 4 37 Compact Disc CD changer See audio SYSTEM AEEA A A E ecniecaeias 4 26 Compact Disc CD player See audio BS CN A TAE PEE E A ET 4 21 Compact spare tire aescecccenceccesescncecsscteosrerseeescsentepaees 8 40 Console DOX s sssssssssssrerenrerrsrerssrsresisnenintentrrrnnnnsnennnnnnne 2 35 Control panel buttons models with navigation SyStEM lt n ener 4 2 Controls Control panel buttons display with navigation system saswsssiennsonimnnniieiinn 4 2 Heater and air conditioner controls automAtiG j a ee he acter nee 4 9 Steering wheel audio Controls 4 29 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel l bicantS creer erate oerdeesehacenassecetateeens 9 2 Changing engine Coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection iiccteccreseredeciceeturinsrmevierceeveds 7 6 Cr ise CONN 5 ccassecennscavearecncud R EEE E R ESAE EEEE 5 16 Cup holderS ssssssssssrseenrsrrsrerssrsresrsrerenrrnrsrrnenesnrnesnenns 2 33 D Daytime running light system sscscserecesseseceens 2 25 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH ssesssssssseseeresssrererereerrrreerenns 2 23 Dimensions and weights sssssssssssssrsrrsrssrsresssrsnrsenns 9 8 Display controls See control panel buttons With navigation System sssssssrirrreresrrrrrernn 4 2 10 2 Door open warning WH sctecteeccccnpteicccretccteieentirccies 2 12 Drive pelts nra eE 8 17 Driving Cold weather driving ssssss
16. e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an acci dent The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle be yond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in re duced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified nents Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 originally installed on the vehicle at the factory TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TIRE ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT PNEU TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS P gee owner s ree x sox Pa x PO rene this pressur
17. front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also af fect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system 5 292 Starting and driving helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pres sure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes e
18. in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Soft top indicator light Roadster models This light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or it is stopped before reaching a full open close state When the top is fully opened the light will turn off When the top is fully closed the light will flash The soft top can be moved with the soft top operating switch only under all of the following conditions e When the vehicle is stopped e When the foot brake pedal is depressed e When the ignition switch is ON CAUTION Operate the soft top with the engine running to prevent a discharged battery When the soft top Is in motion and any of the above conditions are discontinued or the pas senger power seat switches on the cushion or the seatback are operated the top will stop moving Remove your hand from the operating switch and push it again under the above conditions until the top is fully opened or closed The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top open operation is completely finished When closing the top the light which is illuminated will begin to flash when the top close operation is completely finished Securely engage the top to the vehicle by operating the top latch lever The light will turn off If the soft top indicator light flashes with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the electric soft top
19. to a rapid blink When the indicator light flashes rapidly both but tons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for Awe seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed mn the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Press and release the training button located on the garage door opener s motor to acti vate the training mode This button is usu ally located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the training button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program button firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to
20. ASS m Sit upright and well back Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING e Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illus trations e Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this sec tion for details Do not lean against the door SS0101 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bags if so equipped e The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact roll over or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk
21. After 4 Intermittent INT intermittent operation about 1 minute turn the switch ON not adjustable again to operate the wiper 2 Low ON continuous low speed operation e Do not operate the washer continu Push the switch forward 8 to operate the ously for more than 30 seconds washer Then the wiper will also operate several e Do not operate the washer if the times reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reser 2 22 Instruments and controls voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light A will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION e When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window de froster Do not use the rear window defroster switch while the soft top is being ope
22. Children who are too large for child restraint systems should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across
23. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights low beam automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights op erate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the paz position If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not Instruments and controls 2 25 illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off 2 26 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing SIC3001 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the pq or Z position and the ignition switch is in the ON position To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights press the control switches located on the left side of the meter panel Pressing the upper switch A will brighten the lights The lower switch B will dim the lights Repeatedly press ing the lower switch will turn the lights off HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g SIC2475 Push the switch located on the front part
24. Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident CAUTION e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use only It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportunity 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Drive carefully while the T type spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check the T type spare tire inflation pressure and always keep it at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Do not use tire chains on a T type spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly on the T type spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle
25. NISSAN CAUTION NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the e Never tow automatic transmission ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as models with the rear wheels on the illustrated In case of emergency 6 1 1 ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive mod els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism 6 12 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle Use the recovery hook by installing it in the front of the vehicle The rear has no towing points 1 Remove the front license plate if so equipped 2 Remove the recovery hook cover 1 from the bumper 3 Securely install the recovery hook 2 stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in seri
26. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in Technical and consumer information 9 3 hibitors If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling and hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline c
27. Spatk PlUgS siiper eneen 8 17 Speed Speed indicator s sesssssssessssesrereerererreresrsrereee 2 9 SSO NSLS natae ieira E 2 4 Starting Before starting the engine sses 5 9 Jump starting sssssssessessisrssrsrsnssnennsienrnrnrennsrnnnsnennnnen 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push St rting iirin aia 6 9 Starting the engine eid teneestiecieieweeeeintenes 5 9 Status light Front passenger air bag seses 1 36 Steering Power steering fluid seses 8 12 Power steering SYStTCIM ceccctcscseeeeneccenteeeeeneneane 5 20 Steering wheel switch for audio controls 4 29 Tilting steering Wheell ceeceeeeeeeeeeseee 3 25 HS 18 91 125 180 Nasiraan rn eee i Perr 2 10 SrA O ene eee er ke T r eee ee 2 32 Stowing golf DAO Scie epee cee eecien eee 2 37 UIE USE Sse cece seers haere tees cence 3 25 Sunglasses holder 00 0 ecceceeceeseeeeseseeteeeeeeeteeeees 2 32 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 42 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 43 2 14 Supplemental restraint SYStOM cseeeeeee ee 1 28 Precautions on supplemental restraint Sy SUI cataract ee ees teri cee ed 1 28 Switch Audio control steering wheel switch 4 29 Hazard warning flasher SWItCh esses 2 27 Headlight switch eee nner eee eee 2 24 Ignition SWING is orcesesce peas ne ctseccesrsenerateet spat arees 5 6 Ignition switch automatic transmission WMO CCl Sinn nmriieientite 5 7 5 10 Ignition switch manual transmissi
28. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Roadster models Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery 4 Forward and backward Moving the sliding switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining Move the reclining switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring
29. Tire tread of the T type spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the stan dard tire Replace the T type spare tire as soon as the tread wear indica tors appear Because the T type spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid dam age to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the ve hicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Do not use the T type spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one T type spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the T type spare tire is installed 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Vehicle loading iNformation ccdeiecsccacscascsesoccrsaraceccedenanenctes 9 13 Fuel recommendation lt ictizccccensiacsctttiencnceeatecscisonataptccssens 9 3 TONS caen 9 13 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation s 00 9 5 Vehicle load Capacity ceseeeessseseseesesesesssteateaeeeees 9 14 Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant Loading Pa siger ENE 9 16 recommendations dsisssisesrsrnansennnninniidanainndianai 9 6 Measurement of weights wo 9 16 Specifications EN EPE DO AT E E E E 9 7 Towing a trailer cceeccesssssssssssssssssssssessssssseesesssssssssnsssssseeeeee 9 17 Engine pereree ere pes ee nesses a eennenneeae 9 7 Maximum load JiIMitsS ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccececccecceecee 9 17 Wheels and tires steeesseeeeeenssnssse
30. a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Front turn signal light 3457NA Front park light T10 Front side marker light Rear combination light Upper Stop Tail Side marker Rear combination light Lower Back up Turn signal License plate light x 2 High mounted stop light Spot light Luggage compartment light Coupe Trunk light Roadster Vanity mirror light Cop bolder light i Replacement procedures Rear floor box light i ik All other lights are either type A B C or D When See a NISSAN dealer for replacement replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts cover 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Interior light Coupe Interior light Roadster Z Er Interior light Roadster Be careful not to snap the nails A on the plastic cover when removing it Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 License plate light 2 lights gS SDI1401A 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is
31. b Lower the rear part of the top and push it onto the top storage lid The top is locked to the storage lid but the bottom of the rear part is not closed tightly CAUTION e After closing the top manually have the system checked and or repaired by a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible e Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for long periods or driving at high speeds The rear of the top is not locked completely and this may al low wind and rain to get into your vehicle CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE VEHICLE BODY To use your Roadster safely and comfortably 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments you need to observe all the warnings and cau tions shown in the previous pages Also to maintain a good appearance of the soft top and the vehicle body you need to care for them by cleaning and or washing properly CAUTION e Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash to clean your vehicle The top may be dam aged and water may leak into the inside of the vehicle e Store the vehicle with the top closed if it is not to be used for long periods Keeping the top stowed for long pe riods may cause wrinkles on the sur face of the top See Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section for detailed instructions e A protective clear tape is applied to the top storage lid painted surface where the soft top contacts the surface When the top is fully closed the tape may transm
32. depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cancels automatically The SET indicator light on the meter panel then blinks to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control MAIN ON OFF switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control MAIN switch is turned on while pushing the RES ACCEL COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order indicated ACCEL RES COAST SET CANCEL 1 ACCEL or RESUME switch 2 COAST or SET switch 3 CANCEL switch 4 MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previousl
33. ing clothing with soft fabrics wool etc Clothing may be damaged as it rubs against the netted material Ventilated net seats if so equipped The ventilated net seats are designed for good ventilation while driving Net cloth is used on the surface of the seatback and the cushion as shown CAUTION e The seat is made of netted materials Be careful not to snag your jewelry such as a ring bracelet or watch on the seat 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Type A SEAT LIFTER for driver s seat Type A except for ventilated net seat Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion to the desired position 4 SSS0202 Type B Type B for ventilated net seat Turn the dial and adjust the angle of the seat cushion to the desired position ha y Coupe models TILTING AND RECLINING PASSENGER S SEAT FROM DRIVER S SEAT The passenger seatback can be adjusted from the driver s seat to make it easier for the driver to use the rear parcel box or rear floor box or to help the passenger get in the vehicle Coupe models manual type To tilt or recline the passenger seatback pull up the lever A located on the back side of it and move the seatback forward or backward Roadster models Type A Roadster models power type The power seatback tilt switch and the seatback tilt cancel switch are located on the back side of the pa
34. mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pres Instruments and controls 2 13 sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light stays on after adjusting the tire pressure and driving over 16 MPH 25 km h have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute T
35. mene stner enue Mrrrecee sce ttre ere re 2 41 Vanity MOr ONE secas 2 42 Luggage compartment light Coupe models 2 42 Trunk light Roadster MOdelS ssssesesesesseseeseeeesees 2 42 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped 2 43 Programming HOmeLink ossessi 2 43 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMER 2 45 Operating the HomeLink Universal TAS SE odes cas eee nioi a 2 45 Programming trouble diagnosis cceeeseeeeeeees 2 45 Clearing the programmed information 2 45 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 45 If your vehicle is stolen sxc cccsezezecccteeteeeercctonrieaceenetied 2 46 INSTRUMENT PANEL 11 Side ventilator 12 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models 13 VDC Vehicle dynamic control OFF switch if so equipped or TCS Traction control system OFF switch if so equipped 14 Fuel filler door opener switch 15 Hood lock release handle 16 Fuse box 17 Tilting steering wheel lock lever 18 Ignition switch steering lock 19 Navigation system display or Instrument pocket 20 Audio system Clock 21 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 22 Hazard warning flasher switch 23 Cup holder 24 Heated seat switch if so equipped 25 Heater air conditioner control 26 Power outlet Refer to the separate Navigation System 121314 15 16 17 18 192021 22 Owner lt Manual 1 Headlight turn signal switch 6 Cruise control main s
36. mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid 7 4 Appearance and care staining or discoloring the wheels e Donot use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire
37. models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to re move the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 MEMO 6 14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning GXTSTON scaccasnsnncnnssrsaveiarenennnesiesesesienteomeeniannias 7 2 WASPI sisecierectecaceseptncnctuleieccacasttctaceseiereaeicacetcateneeenetaeisicencs 7 2 EA EE O E A cp N A A 7 3 RemOovViINO SPOTS meer Per tern ener er reme cer rreee ste era es ee 7 3 Easels 91010 gateerereerer eer etre Cae erreeeRe tt err ee eer ere 7 3 CC et reer tae eee E A 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels ssssssssessssssrssnsnsnsnsnnununsnsnsnnensnsneas 7 4 OHrOmMS PANS iesopindnd e 7 4 Tire dressing sseni a 7 4 Gleaming I HLOTIOR siasaxcomsaecnrstzsvinjannansinenerstaccarabeantetnnonnaiansennas 7 5 FOOF MAIS seeriana E E E 7 5 Seat DES serres 7 6 Corrosion protection ssssssssesssresrsesrserresrsrentntnrsnstntnennnnnnnnn ne 7 6 Most common factors contributing to vehicle CONOS sossa E S 7 6 Environmental factors influence the rate of CONOS ION aren aS 7 6 To protect your vehicle from COrrosion sesse 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it In the following cases please wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface e After a rainfall to pr
38. not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment e Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Trailer lights CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle bat tery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 milllamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain Technical and consumer information 9 19 the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations When wiring the vehicle for towing conne
39. pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start Starting and driving 5 9 DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving backward These could cause an accident 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and drivin
40. position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied WARNING The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Coupe models if so equipped Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 4 Forward and backward Moving the sliding switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining for driver s seat Move the reclining switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward Driver s 2 Reclining for passenger s seat The passenger s seat is equipped with a manual lever for reclining See Front manual seat ad justment earlier in this section
41. practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking trac tion tests and does not include accel eration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separat
42. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it in flates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag Sys tem monitors the severity of a colli sion and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sen sor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be prop erly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system eo oo T foamed 4 i a g A i NEN Lo Pb AA r P Smg yr V
43. side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags if so equipped curtain air bags if so equipped for Coupe models and pretensioners are designed to in flate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1
44. still operate with the VDC system off When the ABLS system is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diag nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving 5 24 Starting and driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driv ing and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs sta bilizer bars and bushings and wheels are not NISSAN approved or are ex tremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and
45. wear cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AIR CLEANERS the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide but do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself To remove the filter from the air cleaner pull off the retainers 1 and pull the unit upward D The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe cleaner r
46. 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforce ment could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In
47. 71 5 1 815 71 5 1 815 52 1 1 323 52 5 1 333 60 5 1 536 60 5 1 536 60 6 1 540 1 60 9 1 546 2 90 641540 104 3 2 650 104 3 2 650 See the F M V S S or C M V S S cer tification label on the driver s side lock pillar WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded engine gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10320 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number
48. 9 26 Power outlet P 2 31 if so equipped 1213 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 1 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 24 4 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 28 Horn 2 Instrument brightness control switch e227 i ited a ae epee Navigation System P 2 26 5 Meters gauges P 2 3 A yen 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control 6 Cruise control main set switch P 5 16 P 4 29 or switch for Bluetooth Hands 7 Trip computer mode setting switch P 2 8 Free Phone System P 4 31 8 Wiper washer switch P 2 21 0 10 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES SIC1948A Triple meter 8 Automatic transmission position indicator P 2 15 P 5 10 or Manual transmission up shift indicator P 2 10 P 5 14 9 Reset knob for trip odometer P 2 4 10 Odometer Total Twin trip P 2 4 11 Trip computer setting switch P 2 8 12 Trip computer mode switch P 2 8 Combination meter 1 Warning Indicator lights P 2 11 5 Instrument brightness control switch 13 Trip computer P 2 8 2 Turn signal hazard indicator lights P 2 26 P 2 26 14 Engine oil pressure gauge P 2 7 3 Tachometer P 2 5 6 Fuel gauge P 2 6 15 Volt meter P 2 8 4 Speedometer P 2 4 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 5 Illustrated table of contents O 1 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT h Fuse fusible link holder P 8 21 Battery P 8 15 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 Clutch
49. Approximate Recommended US Imp Liter specifications measure measure Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil Drain and refill 2 With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 3 Without oil filter change 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Cooling system With reservoir 9 1 2 at 7 7 8 qt 9 0 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 50 Demineralized or distilled water Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 4 M it aie r oil _ 7 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity nee acne arene SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Differential gear oil x 80W 90 5 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 6 Brake and clutch fluid the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease E NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Windshield washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freez
50. Disc title Track title Title off CD with MP3 or WMA B Folder title File title Track title Title off Artist FF Fast Forward REW Rewind CD When the M fast forward or y rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the M or wy button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the folders in the compact disc will change When the M or wy button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to the normal play speed APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the MW APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the M APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times th
51. Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket mate rial remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage CAUTION The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oll Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capac ity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount e
52. Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE SAT RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on th
53. Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion SAT radio display change if so equipped e Pushing the DISP button will display addi tional information for example Title Artist name about the satellite radio broadcast e Pushing the DISP button for more than 1 5 seconds will change the display mode as follows Channel number Channel name gt Artist name Song title Channel number Station memory operations Twelve stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and the SAT radio 6 for SAT1 6 for SAT2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station channel and preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the station and preset button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case rese
54. The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driving The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position turn the key to the OFF position push the key in then turn the key to the LOCK position There is an OFF position 4 in between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder Starting and driving 5 7 In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left KEY POSITIONS The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running 5 8 Starting and driving ON Normal operating position 3 This position tu
55. U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your ve hicle wear in at the heavier loads MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed 1 000 lb 454 kg The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Towing loads greater than 1 000 Ib 454 kg or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of a vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from im proper towing procedures are not cov ered by NISSAN warranties Technical an
56. WHEEL SUN VISORS 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 1 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 3 To use the extension sun visor 3 if so equipped pull it out from the main sun visor as shown CAUTION Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments The night position Q will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clar ity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the inten sity of the headlight of the following vehicle When the inside mirror is in the I AUTO position 4 excessive glare from the headligh
57. Waste oil must be disposed of properly of oil in the engine e Check your local regulations 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Perform steps 4 to 7 when the engine oil filter 8 Clean and re install the drain plug and a new change is needed washer Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench 10 Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required 11 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dip stick Add engine oil if necessary 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench D Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 5 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as outlined in the following steps 9 Refill engine with recommended oil and in a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out stall the cap securely b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the undercover into the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 1 1 hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the under cover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly
58. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor recep tion of the signals from the tire pres sure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e f a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle e If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s
59. Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service
60. addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 25 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owners Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 9 26 Technical and consumer information For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual p
61. and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition key is turned to the ON position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and con trols section STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving posi tions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral position and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the en gine with your foot off the accelerator
62. and braking per formance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive a vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so and if a vehicle is equipped with automatic transmission first apply the parking brake and block the wheels and then move the transmission selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake the transmis sion may get damaged When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overload ing and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning sy
63. available channel list will be auto matically updated in the radio Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK to ACC position to update the channel list Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii Audio main operation For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 frequency range automatically in both radio re ception and CD playback This audio system has an active noise compen sation feature called Audio Pilot The Audio Pilot uses a microphone to detect external road noise and automatically adjusts the amplifier to compensate for any competing high midrange or low frequency noise ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF VOL Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOL control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt AUDIOP To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER o
64. can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conver sion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are eith
65. can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup To turn on the system again choose the Blue tooth On command from the Setup command SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dia lect users to train the system to improve recogni tion accuracy By repeating a number of com mands the users can create a voice model of their 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adapta tion model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in Park 3 Press and hold the Oe button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 amp button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END MODE button to select a different lan guage 5 Press the 4 button For information on selecting a diffe
66. certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Ve hicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper air bag system operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators It also monitors informa tion from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the sever ity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the oc
67. control switch 2 PHONE SEND Or button 3 PHONE END MODE button 4 Indicator light 5 Microphone Your vehicle is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle 4 5 SAA1699 Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is auto matically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems cellular phone and the in venice phone mod ule before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will not be able t
68. covers on the seat that are not specifically designed to as sure proper air bag operation Addi tionally do not stow any objects un der the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such ob jects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy iden tification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0209A Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems if so equipped This section i
69. device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 LIGHTS 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Front view 1 Headlight low beam high beam 2 Spot light 3 Front park light 4 Front turn signal light 5 Front side marker light 2 Rear view Coupe 3 Rear view Roadster Luggage compartment light Coupe or Trunk light Roadster High mounted stop light Rear combination light Side marker Stop Tail License plate lights 10 Rear combination light Back up Turn signal HEADLIGHTS Replacing lf replacement Is required see a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlight bulb WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion CAUTION Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed Bulb no Wattage D2S 35W Xenon low high beam Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not
70. e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high 7 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are generally familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual Automatic transmission model TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
71. following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 in 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in Conjunction with any other antenna or trans mitter USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initial ized which takes a few seconds When com pleted the amber light on the overhead console illuminates and the system is ready to accept voice commands If the q button is pushed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the follow ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrou
72. in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat bracket Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned Appearance and care 7 5 SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section 4A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these may severely weaken the seat belt webbing 7 6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by grav
73. is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements of your ve hicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate smoothly as well a
74. minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse position automatic transmission in P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is se curely applied and the manual trans mission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for pro fessional road assistance one MCEOO01A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and b
75. more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by The system consistently selects the wrong entry using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section from the phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 45 MEMO 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving eesse 5 2 Break in Schedule sssaaa 5 18 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide csesseseseeeees 5 2 Increasing fuel Economy sissacsssasstisienssvcesssorsvarctscsnnmmarns 5 18 Three way catalyst ssncsaiscssssssicacsipncsisinsversaananeecacosuinsssnssndn 5 3 Parking parking on hills sceescasccectatsscscpautcdiidvocsnssssosonecedieces 5 19 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS sss 3 3 Power steering seicccesseiicccosscsiscosnsscthaacascnonstsaiatcaccel eataaradeotons 5 20 Avoiding collision AN rollover sss sssssssssssrssssrssssrrsseersses 9 9 Dr RES SUS oe tecte ects dancenee de cttotonsevevmronecseecescuoneevaansaueen 5 21 Dri
76. mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning points A of the front bumper fascia with holes in the license plate bracket 2 Remove the license plate bracket 3 Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 4 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 5 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grom met hole to add 90 turn onto the part 6 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 7 Install the license plate bracket with screws 8 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your ve hicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight
77. of the center console on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash Some state or provincial laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road HORN e Do not use the hazard warning flash ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf fic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher will operate with the ignition switch in any position To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury Instruments and controls 2 27 HEATED SEATS if so equipped The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the OFF position 3 An optional ventilated net seat has this built in heater only in the seat cushion part not in the seatback CAUTION e
78. on the vehicle speed Fail safe When fail safe operation occurs the automatic transmission will be locked in 4th gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if neces sary Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the select lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the selector lever depress the brake pedal apply the parking brake and push the shift lock release button by using a suitable tool as shown Push the selector lever button then the selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmis sion system as soon as possible MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch This
79. or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco hol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction 5 6 Starting and driving time and impairs judgement Driving af ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underesti mate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury AUTOMATIC TRANS
80. or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the pre vious illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bags if so equipped for Coupe models 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system D 6 Occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor Occupant classification system control unit Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bag modules if so equipped 7 Air bag Control Unit ACU 8 Satellite sensors 9 Seat belt pretensioners NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet
81. or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child re straint top tether strap is damaged 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Anchor point location The anchor point A is located on the luggage area floor A flap is provided in the carpet for easy access and is marked with the label shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the pas senger seat consult a NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS WARNING e Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both
82. over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury In case of emergency 6 7 Vehicle with battery for booster Khe 72 O WAL DO f ein 7 WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per sonal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply parking brake Move the selector lever 6 8 In case of emergency Vehicle being jump LAL TA to the P Park position automatic transmis sion models or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position manual transmission mod els Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated 4 CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt etc not to the battery e Make sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it run for a
83. pushed in to move the selec tor lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill first depress the foot brake pedal apply the parking brake then shift into the P Park position R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual Starting and driving 5 11 shift mode Shift range can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows gt gt a m o B o oom y uo oth Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds m4 4th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes mS 3rd and m2 2nd Use for hill climb
84. running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer informa Instruments and controls 2 15 tion section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not l turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator
85. sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked con tainers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 4 If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line 2 add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 1 If fluid is added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the washer fluid for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer anti freeze Follow the manu facturer s instructions for the mixtu
86. ssessesseseseesrereererrrsrre 1 17 Seat belt warning light 2 14 Seat Dell E resres erkene ea rE Er 1 10 Seat belts with pretensioners sesser 1 41 Shoulder belt arm sessssessessssrsreserrereererssrsrsrenen 1 16 opr B61 91 e 4 1 Reema ate canoe eee ame 1 13 Three point type with retractor csccessce 1 14 Seat lever Tilting passenger s seat 1 7 Seat s Heated SCAG cecsacecarserntaarissarascensecemeaseientenianats 2 28 SEAS eee ee ee ee 1 2 Ventilated net seats iccinieeeisrrneeintieemetnens 1 6 Seatback tilt cancel Switch sssssssssseseesessrssreresrerrseresens 1 8 Secondary rear hatch release ccs 3 10 Secondary trunk lid release eset 3 12 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start cscssssssssssessssesesseseeseeseees 2 19 Security system Vehicle security system 2 18 Selector lever Shift lock release e cesses 5 13 Servicing air CONCItIONCL ceeceieeteeeeeeees 4 9 4 12 Shift lock release Transmission cce eee ees 5 13 Shifting Automatic transmission sesser 5 7 5 10 Manual transmission qu 5 7 5 13 Shoulder belt arM ssssssessesrssssreresrerrrrrrerrsrnesrernrenns 1 16 Soft top Care and cleaning sessssseeseesrssreresrerrerresens 7 3 Soft top If the top does not open or close 3 19 Soft top Soft top indicator light 2 17 3 17 Soft top Soft top operation secsccecccsinecencstceaeceseee eters 3 13 Spare trEirenini re n S 9 8
87. the 3 2 button for more than 2 sec onds to turn the display off Push the button again for more than 2 seconds to turn the display on VENTILATORS SAA0601 CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators by A Moving the lever up or down will open or opening B closing or rotating as illustrated close B the vents To change the air flow direction turn the dial 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic the assistance of others in your ve hicle Unattended pets should also not be left alone e Donotuse the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner NOTE In your vehicle the air conditioner system 1 Air flow control dial is designed to automatically activate the gt Temipsratire conte dial A WARNING cooling function when operating the air flow control dial the fan speed control dial The display of degrees The ai diti lina functi or the air intake button The indicator light 60 75 90 is used for F US e Me alr conditioner cooling function On the A C button will illuminate Push the 18 25 32 is used for C Canada operates only when the engine is A C button off when the cooling f
88. the VDC OFF indica tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indica tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate If engine related parts such as a muf fler are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor ners the VDC system may not oper ate properly and the VDC OFF indi cator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those recommended are used the VDC sys tem may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indi cator or both indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer or glycerin to it through
89. the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of con trol and cause personal injury Overloading not only could shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and long braking distances This may cause a premature tire fail ure which could result in a se rious accident and personal in jury Failures caused by over loading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross ve hicle weight rating GVWR These rat ings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Roadster model Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle Coupe model Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steer ing braking and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide
90. the engine oil pressure is also high When it is low the gauge indicates the low oil pressure SIC1953A Type B CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indi cate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine Instruments and controls 2 7 VOLT METER When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage while the engine is running it indicates the alternator voltage of 11 15 volts normal range A However while cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range A while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 8 Instruments and controls TRIP COMPUTER The display of the trip computer is situated in the triple meter When the ignition switch is turned to ON the display scrolls all the modes of the trip computer and then shows the mode chosen before the ignition switch is turned OFF Switches for the trip computer are located on the side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side of
91. the seat belts be cer tain that the seatbacks are completel e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 ward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt operation see a NISSAN dealer Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly You can check their operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt arm The shoulder belt arm should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull the shoulder belt arm Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS lf because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The ex tender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for
92. the seatback forward move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied 4A WARNING The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased Automatic passenger seatback tilt function The passenger seatback will automatically tilt forward and backward during the soft top open close operation If you need to cancel this function or when a child restraint is installed in the passenger s seat push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position For more information about operation conditions see Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section For the cancel switch see Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driv er s seat later in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 e When using these seats avoid wear
93. the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and loca tion the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 37 you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details International c For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say International When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial D Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back E Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system an nounces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the Or button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice a
94. the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter CD PLAY When the CD CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD PLAY TIME Push the DISP button for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc Is being played to show the play time on the display FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the A fast forward or y rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed Search FF APS REW TRACK CHANGE When the MA APS FF button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pushed APS Automatic Program When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the MZ APS REW button is pushed the program be
95. three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is
96. tion of the tire chains cables on 265 35R19 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 245 45R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your ve hicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install the tire chains on a T type spare tire
97. ts the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards C M V S S certification label is af fixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Z7 O gt aLi A LN NA TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire inflation pressure is shown on the _ The air conditioner specification label is affixed Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the inside of the hood as shown driver side center pillar Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE gt A b le y RS y o 8 Flat blade screwdriver LE License plate bracket Pane Screw grommet 9 12 Technical and consumer information Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before
98. using the Call Interna tional command Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits ai SEEK A CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp TALK PHONE SEND Push the 4 button to initiate a VR session Or answer an incoming call You can also use the amp button to skip through system feedback and to enter com mands during a call See List of voice com mands and During a call later in this sec tion for more information MODE MODE PHONE END Push the M amp E button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For additional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the ats button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 amp button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END MODE button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the polls button
99. vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmis sion is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence accord ing to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stop ping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 Low gear shift to N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1 WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may damage the clutch Starting and driving 5 13 e Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse e When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied 5 14 Starting and driving a oo A x
100. 1 in 8 cm diam eter compact discs If the following message appears on the display push the EJECT button e CHECK DISC Eject the disc and check whether it is damaged or inserted upside down e CD ERR F Eject the disc and check whether it is a proper audio CD shows a different number according to the au dio condition CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Can DISP n FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER 1 CD LOAD button 2 SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button CHANGER NOOK W CAT a a a PTY RPT HOLD DISP Display CHANGE button SCAN tuning button CD PLAY button RADIO FM AM SAT band select button PTY Program type CAT Category select button 8 RPT Repeat play CLOCK button 9 CD EJECT button 10 11 12 13 14 TUNE FF REW button ON OFF VOL Volume control knob Audio Clock display Station and preset FM AM SAT CD in sert or CD play select button AUDIO button No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM satellite radio provider After receiving the activation signal an
101. 1000r min Up shift indicator The manual transmission up shift indicator is located in the tachometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminat ing The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed rpm from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed is within about 500 rpm of the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed in revolutions per minute rom for upshifting can be set on the trip computer display See Trip computer in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the display setting information Use the up shift indicator when driving as fol lows e If the maximum engine speed is desired set the figure at 7 500 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 7 000 rpm and comes on steady at 7 500 rpm e If the maximum engine torque is desired set the figure at 4 800 rpm The indicator starts flashing from about 4 300 rpm and comes on steady at 4 800 rpm e Ifyou want to break in your vehicle use of the up shift indicator with a rather low figure will help you to avoid the high engine speed To make the up shift indicator not come on set the figure at above 8 100 rpm There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Suggested up shift speeds Show
102. 153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other in formation about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll Technical and consumer information 9 23 free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 9 24 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready conditio
103. 25 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Filter Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 27 Fatti RS aac sted nnee E secede eterna 6 2 Flat TOWING eases cece ste eee 9 21 Floor mat cleaning iets cctreurcesescentteececrersevpcernnveenroers 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 00 8 12 Brake and clutch fluid ssssessssssesesesseerersrsrsreresese 8 13 Brake WG k osacesreneinee s 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel UTI CAVES ceecee 9 2 Engine OCIS ea cecee cesses cosdseni nensecedeensciteenentenesieated 8 8 BS FVII Ollas tthe ete eset at estes 8 9 Power steering fluid wwessemncentnticw etn 8 12 Window washer fluid ccssecesseeeseseeeeeeteens 8 14 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD AY CT seercti esac eee eed eee 4 19 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD changet imi aei nner een oe eee ene ener reer 4 23 Front manual seat adjustment sesser 1 3 Front power seat adjustment sesser 1 3 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 36 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Front seat active head restraints 1 10 Fuel Average fuel CONSUMPTION ssssssssssssersrssssrersssrsnrns 2 9 Capacities and recommended fuel Head restraints ccectionteasseeiternnheticne direitos 1 9 NSIC AVES serieei 9 2 Headlights 7 Distance tOo GI DLY caieccsescestesiecctencstdecprasntenveceemnvecds 2 9 Bulb replacemen
104. 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposi tion the gauge to eliminate this leak age 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Re check the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Front Original Tire Rear Original Tire Spare Tire Roadster model Front Original Tire Rear Original Tire Spare Tire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 225 45R18 245 40R18 245 45R18 265 35R19 Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 240 kPa 35 psi 240 kPa 35 psi 420 kPa T145 80D17 60 psi 225 45R18 245 45R18 Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 240 kPa 35 psi 420 kPa T145 80D17 60 psi mple Exa TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information
105. 45 2 Instruments and controls IISTHUIMSIE PANS ssania baaaie 2 2 Meters and gagas sssrini i 2 3 Speedometer and odometer ssssssssessrsrsrsrsresrsrrrerreeens 2 4 TACNO E a S 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge essers 2 5 Fuel GAUE arrears ter tr eee rer eee enter reer eee 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge scsseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 7 MOM MMOUGR satecactetccteaesthensectecicctcantesneiceeicrareectbacsteeeensthccacens 2 8 THD COMMOURSN ccctseescneiss ressacinsettetistecececcetcaenentcmnsceassiees 2 8 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 11 Checking DUDS sssrini 2 11 Warning ORTS dionean 2 11 HUGS ALOR lighis saccecscc secrete cee unstasee oecrcndaseeetcteieeteceeeteiee es 2 15 Audible reminderS carsica 2 17 Security SYSTEMS aisuccevoneesrasancasaeanbenmdoeneeunneies 2 18 Vehicle security System ssssssssssssssrsresssssrsnnssnsnsnsnsnnens 2 18 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System nsss 2 19 Windshield wiper and washer Switch 2 21 Rear window wiper and washer switch Coupe models saeere eee neta acre neern enna een trey renner 2 22 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch ou teeeeeeeeteeeeeees 2 24 Xenon headlights green era ce te meen er renee err trer ere ere 2 24 Headlight switch acesssbesncstseesttecanecennsedanssetbiatestactsesuuntebes 2 24 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 25 T rn signal SWING sssini 2 26 Instrum
106. 9 25 Precautions ON CrUiSE CONTLOI ceccccccccccccccccccccccccceceseees 5 16 Driving On SNOW Or CE cae seca cael ceesesercetticecce eects 5 25 Cruise Control operations sssssssecssesesseesseesseesseenss 5 17 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 26 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING 4A WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Coupe models Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and 5 2 Starting and driving prevent children s access to car keys Roadster models EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or deat
107. C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone E Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth o Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone F Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the follow ing commands e Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone If you say no the system plays the next ringtone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit e Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You
108. CE INFORMA TION automatically when the set trip distance is reached highlight the Interval Re minder key with the joystick and push the ENTER button 4 To return the display to the Maintenance screen push the BACK button 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Maintenance Notice Maintenance due for Engine Oil Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA1332 Maintenance notice The Maintenance Notice screen ENGINE OIL or OIL FILTER will be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is turned OFF e the ignition switch is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the previous display after the Maintenance Notice screen is displayed push the BACK button Settings Display e rwn N Volume and Beeps B e SC dS iangan O D ey SAA1292 Engine Oil 1 Oil Filter 2 The Maintenance Notice screen displays Refer to the separate Navigation System each time the ignition switch is turned ON until Owner s Manual one of the following conditions are met HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The Settings screen will appear when the e Interval Reminder is set OFF SETTING button is pushed e Reset Distance is selected e the maintenance interval is set again
109. D CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the fol lowing illustration Example Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 70 kg 135 kg Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 lb x 5 750 Ib 70 kg 340 kg Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on RE 30 Ib x 2 60 lb 14 kg RARER CSAC Luggage PT Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib Luggage Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 14kg 70 kg your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in yo
110. EAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Sit upright and well back WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear th
111. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs
112. HANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE 2 20 Instruments and controls SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT ki SIC1699A Security indicator light This light A blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Bring all reg istered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward a Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the
113. HTS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light the system repaired When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational w WM eon 802 B U emo op High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Slip indicator light 9 Traction Control System TCS off indica tor light if so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indi cator light if so equipped lt O gi IT m Soft top indicator light Roadster models Turn signal hazard indicator lights If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See Brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 1 1 mee Automatic transmission check warning light A T models When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the automatic transmission check warning light comes on and then turns off This indicates that the automatic transmission system iS Operational If the light comes on while the engine Is running or while driving it may indicate that the auto matic transmissio
114. Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN voice recognition if so equipped 0 4 31 MI SIG the Systemisk 4 33 Control DUTON S esperasse ane reer 4 35 TING Slane dieis 4 35 List of voice COMMANGS wecscictscceancazcstcccesdbacanctenresesdenee 4 37 Speaker adaptation SA mode esseeseseseeeseseeees 4 42 Troubleshooting guide s ssssssssssssssrsresrsssnsnsnnsnsnsnsnsnnens 4 45 SAFETY NOTE WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in acci dent fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell com ing from it stop using the system immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM map DEST ROUTE ZOOM IN l ZOOM OUT When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can pro
115. It is not a malfunction CLOSING THE TOP i Apply the parking brake and move the selec tor lever to the P Park position for the automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for the manual transmission model Start the engine 3 Depress the foot brake pedal Push CLOSE on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully closed e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the closing movement will fin ish e Windows will automatically be fully opened e The passenger seatback will automatically move forward unless the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position It will return to the original position after the top operation See Automatic pas senger seatback tilt function shown on the previous page of this section 5 Release the switch when the top is fully closed The indicator light which is illumi nated will begin to flash 6 Securely engage the front edge of the top to the vehicle body with the top latch lever The indicator light turns off IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE ELECTRICALLY If you cannot operate the soft top with the operating switch first check whether all the following operating conditions are completed e foot brake pedal is depressed e vehicle is stopped ignition switch is ON Run the engine when operating the top If the top still do
116. K casacanisecacezeciesausaen acer EEEE RERE Rear hatch ssssssesnsesnsesnsesnsesinesrnsrsnsrennrnnsrnnnnunnrnrnensnnnne Rear hatch Opener s ssssssssrssrsissssnsnesionnnnersnrsnnnesnnesnrnns Rear parcel DOX mech relate eee ae Rear power WOU seers cectceeat eiieeii i ies Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIT Ne eeeitne Serene en emer rer oa eae Rear window wiper and washer switch Recorders Event data ccccesssssesssseesesessreeees Registering your vehicle in another country Remote keyless entry System cscececcesesscseeeenees Reporting safety defects US onlly c scsssees FOO sesereat aces ences seas ceenesteceeges ere eee tees Roof Soft 0 8 ert ree reerne rameters a re ne een PROVIDE eee Seeders ieee uenee Safety Child seat belts cccsnscahcavensecdveavensdesesreicuanecetyess Reporting safety defects US only Towing SOP CTY soc ctcieterdh scacsicecseictenansatvsiartnetsdssncdeaves Seat adjustment Front power seat SUNG AG cae chs doce ores ete reasencpeteenleains Seat belt s Gld SAG y rna erect Bar oer rae IATL Saree eras erate attain sennteaen ues Injured POlSONS icretetctereeers tices ecteewncens 1 14 Larger cMhldre Meinen 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage esses 1 10 Pregnant WOMEn sessssesesreressreresrsrererrnrnsrrrrennrene 1 13 Seat belt cleaning ses sssseesresrsseerssrerresrerenrrsrenrenens 7 6 Seat belt extenders s sssessessrsresesrsrerrererrrsrenren 1 16 Seat belt maintenance
117. MISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to the P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position When the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON direction 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 4 in between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steer ing wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counterclock wise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left MANUAL TRANSMISSION
118. P button for more than 1 5 seconds to adjust the digital clock display See Clock in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the clock adjustment operation When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the display will show the CD play time FM AM radio operation RADIO RADIO FM AM band select Pushing the RADIO band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 FM2 gt AM When RADIO band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO band select button is pushed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button wy or M for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels push and hold either side of the TUNE button down for more than 0 5 second 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button or W to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station SCAN SCAN tuning Push
119. R position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position 9 Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob again within 5 seconds e Passenger s door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pushing the UNLOCK button e Any door or rear hatch trunk lid is opened e The ignition switch is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the windows Push the UNLOCK gg button on the keyfob and the driver s door will unlock Continue to push the UNLOCK B button for 3 seconds All the door windows will start to be lowered Keep pushing the UNLOCK p but ton until the windows are fully open To stop lowering the windows release the UN LOCK button To start lowering the win dows again push the UNLOCK button again for 3 more seconds Releasing the rear hatch trunk lid 1 Push the HATCH TRUNK button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second with the key removed from the ignition switch 2 The rear hatch Coupe or trunk lid Road ster opens Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the PANIC 3p button o
120. SS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors Ws 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 4 All the doors will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK A button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition switch is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked 1 Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm and the rear hatch trunk lid release will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors lock with the keyfob while the ignition switch is in the ON position However the hazard indicator and horn will not function 3 Doors lock with the keyfob while any door is open However the hazard indicator and horn will not function Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the key fob once 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments e The drivers door and rear hatch trunk lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOO
121. The battery could be discharged if The seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches are located on the center console 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range 1 For high heat push the High side of the switch 2 For low heat push the Low side of the switch 3 For no heat the switch has a center OFF position between low and high The indicator light A in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected 2 28 Instruments and controls the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for ex tended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blan ket cushion seat cover etc Other wise the seat may become over heated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped SIC 1881 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mu
122. The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succes sion push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display ICD6 CD PLAY When the Cpg6 CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD6 button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD PLAY INFORMATION When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the play time will be displayed When the DISP button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the disc information display will change CD
123. ack of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the ve hicle may move and result in personal injury Coupe models Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools and spare tire from the storage area located in the luggage trunk as illustrated Coupe models 1 Spare tire Turn the retainer counterclock wise to remove 2 Jack Turn it counterclockwise to remove 3 Jacking tools In case of emergency 6 3 Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip dif ferentials WARNING e Do not allow passengers to stay in e Never get under the vehicle while it is the vehicle while it is on the jack supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle Carefully read the caution label attached to support it with safety stands the jack body and the following instruc tions e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle Roader models on other vehicles The jack is de Roadster models signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change SCE0491 1 Spare tire Turn the retainer counterclock wise to remove e Use the correct jack up points Never 2 Jack Unfasten the belt and lift the jack up use any
124. actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This in formation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Technical and consumer information 9 13 Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load pas sengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOA
125. ad an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the converter are burned at high tem peratures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if pr
126. aining any abrasives cutting Compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Be fore the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to Appearance and care 7 3 become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION e When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors or rear window defroster elements e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water Roadster models ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a
127. airing procedure earlier in this section e List phones See the description below List phones Use the List Phones command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change priority 0 Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 41 and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone
128. all some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor point is de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straint Under no circumstances is it to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while hold ing the seat by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If the re straint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seating position and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION e For Roadster models when installing a booster seat be sure to turn off the automatic passenger seatback tilt function with the seatback tilt cancel switch located on the back of the passenger seatback Otherwise the booster seat may be damaged See Tilting
129. all a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat instal lation on front passenger seat later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION For Roadster models when installing a booster seat be sure to turn off the automatic passenger seatback tilt function with the seatback tilt cancel switch located on the back of the passenger seatback Otherwise the booster seat may be damaged See Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driver s seat earlier in this section for detailed information Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buck les before placing your child in the booster seat 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the ce
130. and reclining passenger s seat from driver s seat earlier in this section for detailed information e Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle
131. and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just press or lift the switch on the opposite side Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in a window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when a window Is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 2 40 Instruments and controls 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow Automatic window lowering Roadster models When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise auto matically after the soft top open close operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them AUTOMATIC ADJUSTING FUNCTION CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side ro
132. ant temperature JaUgBssisiisajase a Manual transmission models 5 7 5 13 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Engine oil Pressure gaU uisssissiisisiiiainn oe Immobilizer SyYStem neces ccerestttrerate desiree 2 19 Tire and Loading Information label 8 32 9 11 a 2 6 Indicator II Fit N ete E A A 2 15 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 9 OG OMetEl site E E 2 4 inside License plate Installing front license plate 9 19 PSC OO nile io aA nee ened 2 4 Automatic anti glare MirrOr csssscsesssseseese 3 96 Light Tacnometer P enter gt O EEVEE A EEA E nerve vr 3 26 Air bag warming light cecsiasissssenress 1 43 Trip COMPUHET sessseeestssssseeetsssseeetnsseneetnasseeeetiee 2 8 Inspection maintenance I M test c sseseeseee 9 24 Bulb replacement yeas niente 8 26 Volt meter Dede pester ERE TASAR nr nE Ta Tnne 28 Instrument brightness control eect 2 26 Headlight Switch spcscecccnecs eter teaneerareennenewensteees 2 24 General maintenance te ese nteset stars enous 8 2 Instrument pane ls cesrnssxccanasecassncrsatenseosniecuneasslennecestions 2 2 Headlights bulb replacement 8 27 Golf Dag SLOWING ossissasissshea ia aot Instrument BOCK GL setatsecncdesserittaat tte arecierceind 2 32 Indicator lights ieasisesestcseetseSceceei cessor icideeicetete 2 15 Interior light replacement anicchnainnnmnnnen 8 28 Interior fg co veneer erent eens s 2 41 H Interior lights s srn 2 41 Luggage compartment light cess 2 42 Interior trun
133. as three locking points to engage the front edge of the top to the vehicle body Operating the top latch lever enables you to lock or unlock all three locking points at the same time CAUTION Before opening the top be sure to release the top latch After closing securely engage the top to the vehicle body To release the latch before opening the top Push the safety switch A 2 The latch lever 8 is lowered 3 Swing the lever forward until the latch is released To engage the latch after closing the top Check that the top is in the fully closed position Push the safety switch A 2 The latch lever 8 is lowered 3 Rotate the lever forward until the front edge of the top is completely joined to the vehicle body 4 Rotate the lever toward you and push it up into the stored position Make sure the top is securely engaged to the vehicle body The soft top indicator light will flash with the ignition switch ON when the top is not en gaged See Soft top indicator light later in this section When releasing or engaging the top latch you may hear the latch operating This is normal and not a malfunction SPA1691 Soft top indicator light The soft top indicator light in the instrument panel shows the conditions of top operation The light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or if it is stopped before reaching the fully opened or closed position When the top is fully open
134. assistance if the extender is required 4A WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Persons who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child restraints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop CHILD RESTRAINTS the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe
135. at belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag and seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system not p
136. ates as follows Unoccupied passenger seat The 735 8 light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 73 8 light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this section The 73 8 light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is op erated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of
137. authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As Starting and driving 5 5 with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and also instruct your passen gers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted
138. be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manu facturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer e Use a phone after stopping your ve hicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 1 Volume
139. be opened with the release switch It can be opened only by pushing the HATCH TRUNK button on the keyfob INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to car keys Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 The interior trunk lid release mechanism pro vides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk The handle A is located inside the trunk com partment as illustrated To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle towards you until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mechanism al lows opening the trunk lid in the event of dis charged battery or emergency Remove the cover located inside of the rear floor box using a suitable tool as shown Access the release string handle 3 To open the trunk lid from the inside firmly pull the release handle to the direction shown above until the lock releases SOFT TOP Roadster models CAUTION Always keep the engine running while op
140. being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitt
141. cation mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that
142. ceed to the next function 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems H INFO ser wore 30 CANCEL NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS JOYSTICK and ENTER button 2 INFO button 3 SETTING button 4 BACK button 5 38 brightness control button h For Navigation System control buttons other than above refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON This button has two functions To return to the previous screen When this button is pushed during setup setup will be canceled and the screen will return to the previous screen To finish the set up When this button is pushed after setup is com pleted the settings will be renewed as directed and the screen will return to the map INFO When the BACK button must be pushed for example after the setup is finished instructions are given in the operation procedure of each section in this manual If the BACK button is pushed when not finished with the setup the setting will be canceled and the screen will return to the previous screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to the ACC position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the OK key th
143. cle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the reset knob changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage y SIC2371A ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range A when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions Instruments and controls 2 5 CAUTION If the gauge indicates a coolant tem perature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the ve hicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued opera tion of the vehicle may seriously dam ag
144. conds Tuning to the PTY CAT station will start If you do not push the TUNE button within the 10 second period the PTY CAT mode will be cancelled PTY CAT name selection can also be achieved by pushing the preset buttons Initial PTY CAT names are stored in the preset buttons but these can be changed by pushing the preset buttons for more than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY CAT name is in the display je ADULT HITS ALL PTY CLASSICAL 1 f jt TRAFFIC COUNTRY Jt jt TOP 40 JAZZ it C It TALK M NEWS jt jt SPORTS OLDIES jt jt ROCK PUBLIC UL PTY CAT SEEK tuning mode After selecting a PTY CAT name push the SEEK button or within 10 sec onds Tuning to the PTY CAT station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY CAT mode will be cancelled 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 3 PTY CAT SCAN tuning mode Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the PTY CAT name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up
145. contains a whitewall bears white letter ing or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetri cal tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the tire 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself pressure monitoring system TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Sno
146. control unit is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible For more details about the electric soft top operation see Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chime will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch ignition switch is turned off Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The chime will sound when the driver s door is opened with the headlight switch on unless the key is in the ignition switch Make sure to turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as Instruments and controls 2 17 soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 18 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle Security System e NISSAN Vehicle Immobiliz
147. could damage the top and or the vehicle body Do not sit or place excessive weight on the top and the storage lid espe cially when the top is being operated The top may be damaged Do not drive the vehicle with the top partially opened Always make sure the top is either fully opened or closed before driving Secure items so that they cannot be blown from the vehicle while driving with the top open When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat be sure to turn the seatback tilt cancel switch lo cated on the passenger seatback to the CANCEL position or the child restraint may be damaged WHEN OPERATING THE TOP WARNING Keep hands and other parts of the body away from moving parts such as the top storage lid and power windows CAUTION Keep all parts of the top linkage clear of obstructions or the top latch may not be securely locked NOTE e In case of low battery or low tempera ture the top may temporarily stop mov ing during the operation This functions to protect the top control mechanism and it is not a malfunction If the top is opened and closed repeat edly in a short period of time it may stop moving to protect the top motor Wait for a few minutes before operating the top again Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before operating the top Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Top latch lever The soft top h
148. ct switch POWER on off switch Tuning switch POWER on MODE select switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch for Type A With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER on off switch to turn the audio system on or off POWER on MODE select switch for Type B With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER on MODE se lect switch to turn the audio system on Push the switch to change the mode in the sequence of AM FM1 FM2 SAT if so equipped and CD MODE select switch for Type A Push the MODE select switch to change the mode oBRWON Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 Without satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 and CD or CD changer With satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 SAT and CD changer VOLUME control switches Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to increase or decrease the volume AA Tuning switch Memory change radio Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency SEEK tuning radio Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW CD or CD changer Push up or down the tuning switch for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of
149. ct the stop and tail light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit at a point be tween the sensor and stop light or light switch Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain a vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an unusual nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of these conditions 9 20 Technical and consumer information e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half e Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle e Be certain your rear view mirrors conform to all federal state and or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability
150. cupant classifica tion sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modifications of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel o
151. d 8 12 Brake and clutch fluid sssssssssssssssssessssnsrsnssnsnsnsnsnesnsnsnsnnnnsns 8 13 EE SR o S E A Uncen asm repre Tene 8 13 Ee nA TT e E E E N E T 8 14 Window washer fluid ssessssssssssessrsssrssrsrersnsnnsinnsrnnnnnsnsnsnnss 8 14 BAROTI ame eee ee eee ene eee eee eee eee 8 15 Jump Staing sasaa 8 16 Dive DOIG ireen Te ere mee renee er errr 8 17 PAU PUGS ae nanan 8 17 Replacing spark PIOS siisssussaaniesranndidnsna 8 17 Air CIO AIN ONS oaoeoenisdn anaia raaa aa a a Eaa 8 18 Windshield wiper blades sssssssssssssssrssssssnsnsresnsnsnsnsnssnsnsnns 8 19 e AEA errr eno N E reece eee 8 19 RoDG aprann E ere 8 20 LEE ETA E E IN A E N T A eee 8 21 Self adjusting brakes ccccciserivcncsonasenmerciorrreaeoanmmanees 8 21 Brake pad wear indicators sssssssssssrersresrsrsresernsrsrsnes 8 21 PLS e E E E E E T E 8 21 Engine compartment ssesessssssssssssersrsrerisesnsnsnesnnnsnsnnnnnns 8 22 Passenger compartment sssssssssssssrsrerssssrsnsnesisnsnsnnnnsns 8 23 Keyfob battery replacement sessssssessrsrsrsrrrrsrrrerrensnns 8 24 LVS E EE E E A AA 8 26 aleciel eli e T 8 27 Exterior and interior lights secceeeeeeeeeees 8 28 Wheels and tires essssssssssssersrsrsssnrsnsnsnennnnsnsnsnennnnsnnnnnennnnnnna 8 30 Tire prosodie assada iieiaei 8 30 Tire labeling oases escent eee 8 34 Types OU MCS ciega 8 36 Tre chans cirean a 8 37 Changing wheels and tires seeeesessssesrseeerernn 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
152. d all the other lights remain on SIC3291 Lighting The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize 2 24 Instruments and controls CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Headlight beam select 4 To select the high beam push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the high beam indicator light gt _ illumi nates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the paz or Z position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the pa or 4 po sition the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and then turned to the pa or g position CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the headlight switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery
153. d consumer information 9 17 Total trailer load Tongue load AC ie r G kas ae Tongue load x 100 9to11 Total trailer load Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 and 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load 9 18 Technical and consumer information Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for a vehicle and trailer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by cross winds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch bal
154. d or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch located on the lower side of the instru ment panel The indicator light will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Start ing and driving section TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS OFF SWITCH if so equipped The vehicle should be driven with the Traction Control System TCS on for most driving con ditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the TCS reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the TCS off To turn off the TCS push the TCS OFF switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel The indicator light will come on Push it again or restart the engine to turn the system back on Instruments and controls 2 29 See Traction Control System TCS in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 30 Instruments and controls CLOCK The digital clock in the audio unit displays time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position If th
155. d slightly then pull up the lid manually 2 The center console box is equipped with a card holder a The inside tray cup holder and partitions can be removed by pulling it up lf objects coins etc fall into the rear section of the center console box remove the rear wall of the box as shown and pick up the objects CAUTION Be careful not to pinch your fingers when removing the rear wall 8 SSS0203 Coupe model REAR FLOOR BOX The rear floor box is located behind the passen ger s seat Fold the passenger s seatback forward to ac cess the rear floor box Coupe model Pull on the lever A Roadster model Push the upper portion of the power seatback tilt switch 6 Instruments and controls 2 35 Roadster model Return the passenger s seatback to a locked position after using the rear floor box Coupe model Pull up on the lever a and return the seatback Roadster model Push the lower portion of the power seatback tilt switch 2 36 Instruments and controls ge SIC1975A The rear floor box may be opened by pulling the handle The rear floor box light illuminates when the box lid is opened with the headlight switch ON When locking or unlocking the rear floor box use the master key SIC2377 The rear floor box has additional space under the bottom plate 4 amp WARNING Keep rear floor box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an acci dent or a
156. d supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bag if so equipped e Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag if so equipped for Coupe models e Seat belt pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system if so equipped This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system if so equipped for Coupe models This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted The supplemental restraint system is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and is not a substitute
157. d with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and num ber of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Poor sound quality Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time be If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the fore the music starts playing music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination m
158. dicator in the tachometer shows the automatic transmission selector lever posi tion See Driving the vehicle automatic trans mission in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system Is operational Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer OFF aneacdy Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light 35 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passen ger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady or blinks while the engine is
159. e 8 37 10 6 Types OMNES seriinin aa 8 36 Uniform tire quality grading 9 22 Wheel tire SIZE ssssessssssssrseeresssrererersnrerrernenrnrnerennne 9 8 Wheels and tires ssessssssssessseseeresrsrererrresrsrerersnrens 8 30 Top tether strap child restraints sessen 1 24 TOP Solt lOp ieres arene a cern ers 3 13 Towing Fiat NN seeen ee 9 21 Tow truck tOWINg ssssssssssissssrsnssnsnennsrennnrsnnnnsnennnne 6 10 Towing a ei tce lls eeepeeeerrerenerre ere tre eeretrereees 9 17 Towing load specification Chart 9 17 Towing SAIC cece ricer acs seescanarerBotetertacins 9 18 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning SYSteM eeeeee 6 2 Traction control system TCS c sssssssesssesseeseees 5 23 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 29 TAIT OWA ated erect cape cacace conve sausestttctaiecannGeteeccatenteess 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TRANS COIVED seerste iaa EE 2 43 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 5 10 Driving with manual transmission 5 7 5 13 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 13 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY ees ceecns cena eaea eaaa Ra to ai 9 9 Tip compute eea E A 2 8 Trip OdOMEtEr sssssssssssssssssierrrieresrsnnnnsnenirnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnenns 2 10 Trunk Interior trunk lid release sssr 3 11 e E E t
160. e battery cable is disconnected the clock will reset its time and the correct time will not be indicated Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME Adjust the time in the following steps 1 Switch the display to the clock adjusting mode Type A audio with 1 CD player Push and hold the DISP Clock button A until the clock display starts to flash Type B audio with 6 CD changer Push and hold the RPT button until the clock display starts to flash Push the SEEK TRACK button X YY to adjust the hour Push the TUNE button A w w to adjust the minute Pushing the JAC or A side will advance the time and the VY or vy side will turn back the time 3 Push the DISP button Type A or RPT button Type B to finish the adjustment Resetting Type A audio with 1 CD player Push the DISP and TUNE buttons Type B audio with 6 CD changer Push the RPT 8 and TUNE buttons The time will be set to a time signal For example if these buttons are pushed while the time is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be reset to 8 00 If pushed while it is between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the previous audio mode POWER OUTLET Front The power outlet is for powering electrical ac cessories such as cellular telephones CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot dur ing or immediately after use e This p
161. e break in ssessssssssrsrerssssrererersssrrrrenenrnrrenesnsn 5 21 Parking brake operation sesser 5 15 Parking on hills eee eee 5 19 Phone Car phone or CB radio sesser 4 31 Power Front seat adjustment ssesssssseseserererrererrsrssrenens 1 4 Power door lOCK ssssssssssrssssrsnssesnsneniennnrennsrensnesnnnnns 3 3 Power OUUG bcsscsasscsserasois cnrseenceaserasastccnvencuseantaieawens 2 31 Power steering fluid scccieicccesesdaccieeeciciseteetecenee 8 12 Power steering SYSTCIM ccsccsscscessessecnrereeeeserens 5 20 Power WIRGOW Sranitnetteeineenreieianoile 2 39 Precautions Audio operation eseaee caste cerseencacestsesteaccetcsedecstatoncere 4 14 Braking precautions cscecceeseceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 Child restraints sascactecstise eos ncrttererersemererenieeseteentt 1 17 Cruise Control s sesssssessesessrerrererresrerrsnreneenrnrenrenens 5 16 Maintenance ia censt arunencrtonnmareucnenaetaienm 8 5 Seat pelt USA Sv ececeecersaiecacecenmessercesentensersensionsiss 1 10 Supplemental restraint system ceeeeee 1 28 When starting and driving seses 5 2 P sh SUA UN Chet eta ieiuna 6 9 R Radosne ene eee eee eee ee eee es 4 12 Car phone or CB radio irssescrirerset are nionccy 4 31 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD CUMING CP aisina eeii Cees FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD AY OV instasiir iiaia ta eesti attra Steering wheel audio Controls Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only eranan Rear TOOL DO
162. e button is pushed CD PLAY select button To change CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 played the first program in all the CDs will be played for 10 seconds Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program REPEAT RPT When the RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed CD ALL CD RPT 1 CD RPT 1 TRRPT 1 CD MIX ALL CD MIX CD with MP3 or WMA e RPT 1CDRPT 1 FLDRRPT gt 1TRRPT 1 FLDR MIX 1 CD MIX ALL CD MIX The display shows the following symbols no mark ALL CD RPT Repeat 1 DISC 1 CD RPT 1 1 TR Track RPT or 1 FLDR Folder RPT MIX ALL CD MIX 1 DISC MIX 1 CD MIX 1 MIX 1 FLDR MIX CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs in succes
163. e drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas OPENER OPERATION The rear hatch release switch is located be tween the license plate lights To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then push the release switch e Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob once Pushing the HATCH TRUNK w button on the keyfob can open the rear hatch at once without pushing the release switch e Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn the door key counterclockwise once e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK side The rear hatch employs a spring component which enables you to lift up the hatch by one hand Because of this sometimes the rear hatch may clatter when the lock Is released but it is not a malfunction To close push the rear hatch down securely The rear hatch release switch is linked with the driver side door lock To open the rear hatch unlock the driver side door Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event of discharged battery or emergency The release string handle is located under the strut tower bar inside the luggage compartment To open the rear hatch from the inside firmly pull the release handle to the direc tion shown above until the lock releas
164. e engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover by pushing the tabs 1 and lifting the cover 2 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the passenger com partment fuse box If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses are stored in the pas senger compartment fuse box If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts 3 L 7 i LAN Asuna jo o000 a 0 DOT iO Sls PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 2 Open the fuse box lid Q CAUTION 3 Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse puller 2 and pull it out Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swal low the battery and removed parts 4 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B Spare fus
165. e of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occu pants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used prop erly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated try a different child restraint If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that
166. e or equivalent 1 For additional information see Fuel recommendation later in this section 2 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 8 For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommendation later in this section 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 For hot areas viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 6 Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid or DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 7 Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer 8 For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium
167. e roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A buildup of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 e CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact Disc CD player CAUTION COMPACT ISE DIGITAL AUDIO KY e The following CDs may not work prop erly e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW e Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely e The player may skip while driving on rough roads e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges e This audio system can only play prere corded CDs CDs with MP3 o
168. e seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts This vehicle has only two seating posi tions Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indi cate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 WN A Sit upright and well back Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as aR ge Ce it semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY Child
169. e the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emer gency section for immediate action re quired 2 6 Instruments and controls FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters the E Empty position The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches the E position There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches the E position The fi indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGNE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section SIC1954A Type A ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high
170. e when the tires are cold cag ot avant X P XXX XXR XX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION NOMBRE DE PLACES Beas Tires are considered COLD after the ARRIERE X P XXX XX R XX ERA vehicle has been parked for 3 or The combined weight of occupants SPARE TXXX XXR XX XXX kPa XX PSI CONDUCTEUR and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs DE SECOURS a more hours or driven less than 1 1 Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais erode K kg o1 es mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT handling driveability tire noise etc 4 PFY anaa up to the vehicle s GVWR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs 20ids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs z gt uT 7 gesor ne tee ae Tire size refer to Tire labeling TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S MANUAL a later in this section REAR aa S ti i t ti CONDUCTEUR size if so equipped SDI1948 Tire and Loading Information label 2 Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con 1 Seating capacity The maximum Res sumer information section number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 3 Original size The size of the tires 8
171. ecessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head re straint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoul der Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt with retrac tor earlier in this section If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sig may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts an
172. eclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat prop erly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked e Do not leave children unattended in 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT for Coupe models 4 Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position When sliding the passenger s seat backward be careful not to crush items in the seatback pocket against the rear floor box 2 Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park
173. ect bs Mereeseeeue Beeenae 2 42 Secondary trunk lid release uu eee 3 12 TUNK liderraren ret marer re 3 10 Turn signal SWING sec tevesretatcecennatetecstateretttornxcatales 2 26 U Underbody cleaning eitusatecisues sens cencinatsneracanibaddocnienes 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading ccceeeeeeeee 9 22 Up shift indicator M T models cesseseseeeee 5 14 Up shift indicator setting rom M T models 2 10 V Vanity mirror light ssesssssssssrerssresrerruriereurennnnrennnresnenrnnne 2 42 Vehicle Dimensions and weights ssssssssseserersrrrressrnen 9 8 Identification number VIN seess 9 9 Loading information saccade certere eaten cident 9 13 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 12 MC CUTILY SY SUSI eseon 2 18 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 23 Ventilated net SOAS occrtecreecteuetlvrrctiwneceactendl 1 6 Ventilators sisean e E i 4 8 Voice command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Syst M eessesnsnssasicirannan 4 37 Volt metef sriesrirec e teu eeetek 2 8 WwW Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 42 Warning light Air bag warning light 1 43 2 14 Anti lock braking system ABS warning No g eer er ere ee es 2 11 Brake warning light access tceescecetccevetnatetysencesioccece 2 12 Door open warning light sssssssessesirrsssrr 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light esses 2 13 Seat belt warning light sssssssssssessrsrrsrenresresrerrene
174. ed the light will turn off When the top is fully closed the light will flash When the soft top is in motion and any of the following conditions occur the top will stop moving e The vehicle is moved e The ignition switch is turned to OFF e The foot brake pedal is released e The passenger power seat switch on the cushion or the seatback is operated Remove your hand from the soft top operating switch and push the switch again to move the top to the fully opened or closed position The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top open operation is completely finished When closing the top the light which is illuminated will begin to flash when the top close operation is completely finished Securely engage the top to the vehicle body by operating the top latch lever The light will turn off If the soft top indicator light flashes with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the top operating system is not func tioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Automatic passenger seatback tilt function The passenger seatback will automatically tilt forward when the soft top is operated This function is designed to draw your passenger s attention to the rear section of the top which will come into the passenger compartment from behind during the top operation The seatback will return to the original po
175. ed on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged e For Roadster models observe the following e Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash The soft top may be damaged e Avoid applying direct water pres sure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lin ing of the soft top and vehicle body Avoid applying continuous water on the parts around the soft top and the windows These may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle Soft top care and cleaning Roadster models Proper care and handling should be observed to maintain a good appearance of the soft top Improper care may cause the top cloth s surface to stiffen stain or mat Follow the instructions shown in this section It is not necessary to wash the soft top every time you wash the vehicle body but clean the top regularly before it becomes quite dirty Leav ing the soft top dirty or soiled for a long p
176. ee one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phone book list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ring tone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 43 e call five six two eight zero e dial six six four three seven 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle System fails to interpret the command correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If
177. eeeeeees 4 3 How to use INFO button sassanvscecisssrsvacsanceinamnnernaes 4 3 How to use SETTING button ssssessssesssreeerrr 4 5 How to use the 384 DUttON sescsssssssseesssseesssecssees 4 8 NWN AG OS cece is cc tree tate ces pence RE aT G 4 8 Genter VEU ATONS serens 4 8 Sde ventilators sser S 4 8 Heater and air conditioner Automatic seses 4 9 Automatic operation ssssssssssssresssesnsnsnesnsnsnsnnnnsnsnsnsnnnnens 4 10 Manual operation ssssssssssessssrsrssnnnensnsnesnnnsnsnnnennnnsnsnnnnnna 4 10 Operating UPS mosmmsrnsseieeena 4 11 Servicing air conditioner sssesessssesssresrsrereerrsrsrereerersrsrnnnne 4 12 AUdIO SYSTE sieocnectececcassroncnantsascuacianenGemnedesteiuCeehndacdeadananeuctit 4 12 RAGIO possnnranein peseseeene 4 12 FM radio reception sssssessssssrsrssssssnsnsnesnnnsnennnennnnsnnnnnnnns 4 13 AM radio FECODTIONN cgexccssiscdiniceecscenseanutcestcenedstcacesenrtentes 4 13 Satellite SAT radio reception if so equipped 4 13 Audio operation precautions ou cece 4 14 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player 4 19 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD EE S E er moet E Pe nee ea eer 4 23 CD care and cleaning susvsevesesndednspreneasaiseseeedasanstacaceusses 4 29 Steering wheel switch for audio control if so 1210 8 9 15 Eeeeeoceet a eee neste ener nea 4 29 PATA A E A E EET AE AEN E 4 30 Gar phone or OCB TAG svcvcscisssscsesennsisantetesbieuneseniacoeinns 4 31 Bluetooth
178. eeeentnanseneeeenunaseene 9 8 Towing safety ounn 9 18 Pea ane and weights eae eee ies anak oe FE TOWING sates sexes Sareea amet sisesnec naan cra eee 9 21 a 9 9 Automatic transmission sae ae aana ORADE 9 22 Vehicle identification scsssssenintsnintieintisetatintnteee 9 9 eines ata e ie Venio e iden fication number VIN plate asesan 9 9 niform tire quality grading sssssssssssrtsrertrrertrrereereeerereeren Vehicle identification number chassis number sa 9 9 Emission Control system warranty seccseeereeeeerers 9 23 Engine serial number csssecssecssessesseessesssesseeseesseeseees 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only oss vee F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 10 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test Emission control information label cccccccccccceeees 9 10 US only E E a A 9 24 Tire and loading information label cesses 9 11 Event data recorders EDR eeesesseesrereerererrrerrren 9 95 Air conditioner specification label sesser 9 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 26 Installing front license Plate c sesssecsessesesseesesseeseeseesees 9 12 In the event Of a COMISION oes 9 26 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity
179. eeeres Malfunction indicator light MIL cseeseees Map IDOI S rnaisesncensnniean a 10 4 Meter Trip COMputer ssssssssssrsrssssrsrisrnrsrennsrsnsnnsnennnrns 2 8 Meters and gauges ssssssssssisnssesnerinrernsisnnsrensnnnnnnrnns 2 3 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness CONO noiiire raa a EE ere Ee 2 26 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside Mirror 3 26 HSide MINON creerea ee aaa E tn Ei 3 26 Outside Mirrors sssssssssssesrenresrerrsrerenresrerrsreeresrenens 3 27 N Net Cargo Nelissen eee ee rer eee i ai 2 33 Ventilated net seats sutiewiciceecrrireeneninreweieens 1 6 New vehicle break in sssssssssssssssrsrrersrrrersrsrsrsrsen 5 18 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 19 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine SUM E vente esacmeehcetaeetbnentiactoacnerbbemeneceoess 5 8 O Odometer antenati aaa aie ver cere eer 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel NOL flere guts sisien anaiei aeaii 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 10 Checking engine oil level ese 8 9 SE e E 8 9 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 7 Engine oil MISCOSILY tpi ceeiccatatasensinetncsartdpanenns 9 5 Opening the soft TOD wiiceceesareens tease atau 3 13 Outside air temperature display sscseeeee 2 9 Outside Mirrors os ces eces cat cecersisctcderdcattepccrentecceiaseetnscs 3 27 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 9 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information eese mere Senta tsar en ene eee emer 9 26 P Parking Brak
180. eels may spin when the vehicle is accelerated This wheel spin reduces accelera tion or causes the vehicle to swerve thus decreasing vehicle stability When the vehicle drive wheels begin to spin the Traction Control System TCS controls the engine torque using an electronic control sys tem and it also controls automatic control shift ing if necessary for automatic transmission models This reduces spinning of the drive wheels and result in improved vehicle accelera tion performance It also improves the vehicle stability by swerving motion e When the TCS is operating the SLIP indi cator light in the meter panel blinks e Ifthe SLIP indicator light blinks the vehicle is under slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Trac tion Control System TCS off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the TCS the SLIP and TCS OFF indicator lights come on in the instrument panel As long as these indi cator lights are illuminated the traction con trol function except the ABS is canceled The vehicle will behaves like a model without the TCS WARNING The traction control system is designed to prevent the wheels from spinning However it does not prevent vehicle slipping or spinning due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniq
181. ehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints nesses 0 2 Exterior MOMI eictsdecccceustptexcsechcdatuacetusienedsesdentacedstlmasatosesbaeseccaase 0 3 Exterior reaf eee ee 0 4 Coupe Models siridir naia 0 4 Roadster models s esssesssessessnnunnnunnnunnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 0 5 Passenger compartment s s ssssssssrsssrssrsrsresssisnsnrnrsennsnsnsnnnns 0 6 Coupe models Roadster models Instrument pangil iesnecpcctctetnetiatica
182. el and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e Never remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Ne
183. elf 8 9 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks 4 If the oil level is below the L mark 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches the operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suit able floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place CAUTION
184. ely or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada e Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet that comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Infor mation Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4 W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National High way Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in in dividual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9
185. emoved can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES rinse the blade with clear water If your wind A CAUTION shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be damaged from wind pressure e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REPLACING
186. emperature warning low dte distance to empty range warning and low tire pressure warning occur simul taneously other display modes switch au tomatically to the outside air temperature display When trip computer mode switch a is pressed the display switches to the mode chosen before the warning display but the ICY indicator will continue blinking WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS CHECK Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light A T models BRAKE or Brake warning light i Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to ON without starting the engine The following lights will come on BRAKE OF The following lights come on briefly and then go off A ABS OF VDC AT CHECK If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec SERVICE SS ENGINE SOON Q oP oe Low washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped hi O D c W oH Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light trical system Have promptly WARNING LIG
187. en push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button this system will not proceed to the next step display To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Li Information gt Maintenance 6000 12000 18000 a flom iE 6000 12000 18000 miles HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON When the INFO button is pushed the Main tenance screen will be displayed Maintenance information To set the maintenance interval for the Engine Oil or Oil Filter choose an item using the joystick and push the ENTER button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil change interval Use the same steps Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 Maintenance display cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information to set the other maintenance information Li Information gt Engine Oil z _Reset Distance E o eooo 12000 18000 ft Interval 0 Omie Interval Reminder 0 6000 12000 18000 O Oo oN SAA1291 1 Reset the driving distance to the new main tenance schedule 2 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 3 To display the MAINTENAN
188. ent brightness Control cesses 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch ssssssssssssssrsrsrsrrsrersnsnss 2 27 a E a E NE E P N A A E A 2 27 Heated seats if so equipped c ssssssessssesesesesesseseeseees 2 28 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped essssecsessssessssessesessesessestssssssesessesesstseteeeess 2 29 Traction Control System TCS off switch if so equipped s sssrsssssresssreessriessrressrrensnrnnsrnnnsnrnnnnnrnnnnns 2 29 OOK a nese eee mene erenree ee 2 30 Adjusting the time meres eee eee nnee nese rere rare 2 30 Power OUIOT xe sesstexstycceccuoseensret csetebtee coossatosnecxteeceseieeseucrsete 2 31 SUN AUC acna 2 32 Instrument pocket except for navigation system equipped models sssssesseseseseeesesteseseseeteseeteeseseeees 2 32 Sunglasses holder Coupe models 2 32 CT WE ea I eee nea ae 2 33 CU holders sessao 2 33 GONSE DOK desserer reran ionar riie ONER 2 35 Rear loor DOK sc cecesssssacassaesassccceaeeesaseteieceecesspersteastacune 2 35 Rear parcel DOK Garner ny ean te nner ii ernn 2 37 SLOW GO DAGS crisser a 2 37 Coat hook Coupe models sssssessesseseseen 2 38 WV INGOWS ssossasusonsccorscadastisbtecvennicstdecnncatuneraustastscsssdesdtastapeniane 2 39 POWER WINGOWS lt ccccipsanssnnssccastennnacmscncncensesartnnseatestnensani 2 39 Automatic adjusting fUNCHION sisccsseessesscasecaateeconssosnerees 2 40 Mterior ORTS sisieun aeia 2 41 FOOR M se E ee areeee te 2 41 Map ONTO
189. er registered trademarks and trademarks of Mi crosoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 e f there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order ROOT FOLDER FOLDER X MP3 or WMA lt SAA1025 Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 WMA is as illustrated above e The names of folders not containing MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet Supported file systems ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not sup ported PEGI MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Tag information Song title and Artist name a VeRO ME Vee eee WMA Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Folder levels Displayable character codes 2 1 Files create
190. er 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm Instruments and controls 2 45 away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following 2 46 Instruments and controls two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance cou
191. er System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors or rear hatch trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto sup ply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection fea tures a SIC1699A Security indicator light This light A blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This is normal How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close and lock all doors and rear
192. er does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will turn on 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Turn the fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the DEF Gy position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems windows turn the fan speed control dial to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to return to the auto mode e When the air flow control dial is turned to the Gy or y position the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automat
193. erated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level on the dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot turning off the engine and waiting 10 minutes Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level in the reservoir tank with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects lea
194. erating the soft top The top will also operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position but run the engine to prevent a discharged battery Be sure to follow the operating instructions and all the warnings and cautions in this section Improper operation of the top could cause a system malfunction damage or deterio ration of the top material and related parts Interior exterior view 1 Soft top operating switch BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP A WARNING 2 Soft top indicator light on the combination The soft top of your 350Z Roadster is electrically meter operated You can fully open or close the top e Park the vehicle in a safe and level only by pressing the operating switch on the 3 Top side rail iawer side af the insiumen i panel place and apply the parking brake 4 Top latch lever The soft top operating switch must be operated e Make sure the area is clear 2 ob 5 Soft top under all of the following conditions stacles and there is enough c car ance over the top for example in a 6 Top storage lid e When the foot brake pedal is depressed garage or a covered area More than 7 Trunkid e When the vehicle is stopped approximately 6 6 ft 2 m from the PO ground is required to open or close 8 Rear window SAEN TEEN OEE rU the top safely Otherwise the top 9 Rear section of the top may damage any objects above it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 while moving The top operating sys tem could also be damaged
195. erheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position automatic transmission to the P Park position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the In case of emergency 6 9 windows and move the temperature control to maximum hot and the fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the tem perature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 10 In case of emergency WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan
196. eriod will cause deterioration to the quality of the top material Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft brush or sponge then rinse it with plenty of clean water When the top is quite dirty wash using a mild detergent such as a general cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Rinse the top again with plenty of clean water to remove all traces of soap CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water e Do not apply direct water pressure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body as this may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle After cleaning always be sure the top and its storage are completely dry before opening the top Opening the top while it is wet or damp may cause interior water damage water stains or mildew on the top WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax cont
197. es 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments TRUNK LID Roadster models WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driv ing section for exhaust gas Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys OPENER OPERATION The trunk lid release switch is located between the license plate lights To open the trunk lid unlock it with one of the following operations then push the release switch e Push the UNLOCK gg button on the key fob once Pushing the HATCH TRUNK w button on the keyfob can open the trunk lid at once without pushing the release switch e Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise once e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK side After locking the doors with a keyfob this switch is not available due to the security system To close push the trunk lid down securely The trunk lid release switch is linked with the driver side door lock To open the trunk lid unlock the driver side door Cancel switch When the cancel switch located inside the rear floor box is OFF the trunk lid cannot
198. es 8 are stored in the fuse box the battery side up 5 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer S gt Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Make sure that the side faces the bottom case e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunc tion 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it gets wet immediately wipe it com pletely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This
199. es not move under the above conditions or has any system malfunction see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When you must close the top by yourself in the event of emergency or when an immediate dealer service is not available close the top manually according to the procedures shown in this section When closing the soft top manually e Move the vehicle to a safe place away from traffic e Two people should perform this procedure as some of the top parts are extremely heavy The top cannot be opened manually WARNING e Do not drive with the top partially opened e If the top cannot be operated prop erly see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible to have your vehicle checked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 CAUTION The storage lid is extremely heavy Pull ing it up should be done by two people 1 Open the trunk lid In the event of discharged 2 Open the top storage lid battery you need to open the trunk lid as follows a Remove floorboard inside of the trunk b Remove the harness connector of the storage lid motor installed on the back right side of the trunk by pulling in a downward a Open the rear floor box behind the passenger seat b Remove the cap A using a suitable tool 8 direction c Pull the string handle secondary trunk lid c Pull down the lock release cable right and release C until the trunk lid lock is released left d Lift up the trunk lid d Lis
200. et switch 2 Instrument brightness control switch if so equipped 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control if SO 7 Trip computer mode setting switch equipped or switch for Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped 5 SG Swtan 4 Driver supplemental air bag Horn r E AA l 5 Meters gauges 10 Passenger supplemental air bag 2 2 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES Combination meter 1 Warning Indicator lights 2 Turn signal hazard indicator lights 3 Tachometer 4 Speedometer Instrument brightness control switch See Headlight and turn signal switch later in this section 6 Fuel gauge 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 8 Automatic transmission position indicator or Manual transmission shift up indicator See Driving the vehicle in the 5 Starting and driving section 9 Reset knob for trip odometer 10 Odometer Total Twin trip 11 Trip computer setting switch See Trip computer later in this section 12 Trip computer mode switch See Trip computer later in this section Instruments and controls 2 3 The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips SIC1948 SIC1949A Triple meter 1 Speedometer t inip computer S E 2 Engine oil pressure gauge 4 Reset knob for trip odometer OGE SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehi
201. etooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition ou 4 31 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS csss 5 21 Brake and clutch fluid s sssssssessssssrsesrsrssrrrerersnee 8 13 Brake fluid sesser 8 13 Brake system ssseisireeririeicririrneerirnierirereieenrenns 5 21 Parking brake operation ctcestensectretecsewiane 5 15 Warning Nght eee nee ener carne aera eae es 2 12 Break in schedule ssssssssssssresrsresrsrssrsrenesnsnesnnnnnnnrnns 5 18 Brightness control Instrument panel seses 2 26 Bulb check instrument panel cceeeeeee 2 11 Bulb replacement s ssssssssssssresusnnrrnsrinnnnesnsnesnnnnnnnrnns 8 26 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Car phone or CB radio s ssssssseessesesreeresesrsresrerene Cargo See vehicle loading information Cargo Neb scssiesesceecactarssexaiteeescanvtareutan sees seacuidereiadeaaeunes Catalytic converter Three way catalyst CD care and Cleaning eaceeckeeeeeeneinedn Child FEST ANNTS acon leiceeaccsenccsnceteae ore teeneeteeds Booster SEAS eeds ernn Installation on front passenger seat Precautions on child restraints Top tether strap ec ccect cts ecedes es esteeere seca eee Top tether strap anchor point location Child Safe Sener en men erence eer te een geen eer Chimes Audible reminders ccccseseseeeeeeeees Cold weather driving sss sssseesresrssesrrsrerrsrersrrrrerrrnrens 5 25 Command See Bluetooth Hands Free
202. event possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing cak
203. exceed 4 Ib 2 kg or the net may not stay secured e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses CUP HOLDERS CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid CARGO NET is hot it can scald you or your pas senger The net located under the instrument panel passenger s side can be used to hold small e Use only soft cups in the cup holder objects Hard objects can injure you in an accident The net can be removed when necessary 4A WARNING e Do not place sharp objects in the net Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury when the vehicle is moving or if the vehicle is Instruments and controls 2 33 CA SIC3007 Front Type A To open the cup holder slide the lid 4 Install the partition plate into the slit D 2 34 Instruments and controls Type B Soft bottle holder Larger containers can be placed in the console box Push the button 1 to open the console box A CAUTION lid The partition A can be removed e Donotuse bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers CONSOLE BOX Pushing the button will open the li
204. f your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light in the meter panel This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure moni toring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the 6 2 In case of emergency tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1
205. f a different off set could cause premature tire wear possibly degraded vehicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such in terference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or de formed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recom mended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the front wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage For additional information regarding tires refer to
206. f contents COUPE MODELS h O AOON Antenna P 4 30 Rear hatch release switch P 3 9 Rear window defroster P 2 23 High mounted stop light Bulb P 8 28 Satellite radio antenna P 4 13 Rear window wiper and washer Switch P 2 22 Washer fluid P 8 14 License plate lights Bulb P 8 28 Rear hatch release secondary P 3 1 2 Luggage compartment light P 2 42 P 8 28 Back up Turn signal light Bulb P 8 28 Side marker Stop Tail light Bulb P 8 28 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 23 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 if so equipped ROADSTER MODELS Antenna P 4 30 Trunk lid release switch P 3 10 Trunk light P 2 42 P 8 28 High mounted stop light Bulb P 8 28 Rear window defroster P 2 23 Soft top P 3 13 h Interior trunk lid release P 3 11 License plate lights Bulb P 8 28 Back up Turn signal light Bulb P 8 28 Side marker Stop Tail light Bulb P 8 28 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 23 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 OMON ODO KR OON lk O Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 12 1314 15 O 6 Illustrated table of contents COUPE MODELS O ON Front passenger air bag status light Coat hook P 2 38 Seat belts P 1 10 Seats Manual seats adjustment P 1 3 Power seats adjustment P 1 3 Passenger seat Tilt lever for passenge
207. few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the normal manner CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION e Automatic transmission models can not be push started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by tow ing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the ve hicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS WARNING e Do not continue to drive if your ve hicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the ra diator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is ov
208. fluid reservoir M T models P 8 13 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 Air cleaner P 8 18 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 Engine drive belts P 8 17 O OMON ODO KR WD h oO 11 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 12 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment a The strut tower bar has been adjusted to the most suitable posi tion at the factory 0 12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system BOS ES EE E AA A E E 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment for Coupe models ssssesseseseeseseseeseesesesesteseseeeeeseees 1 3 Front power seat adjustment for Coupe models if so equipped s ss ss 1 1 3 Front power seat adjustment for Roadster models sessies 1 4 Seat lifter for driver s seat eeseeeeseesereeern 1 6 Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driver s E e tc ec sek gece att N AE E E 1 7 Head restraint adjustment sssssssssessssrsissssssrsrrnnssrennn 1 9 Front seat Active Head Restraints except for ventilated net SCAtS ceccessessssssesesssssessseesseeseeseseeeneees 1 10 oeat Dele srci 1 10 Precautions on seat belt usage sessen 1 10 Cald Salo ty onanie E 1 12 Pregnant WOMen sssssssssssessrsrsnsnnnnensnsnennnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnna 1 13 Injured personS ceccccsnnasaccnccnsinctenescesensdeossesenscaatacdereanneees 1 14 Three point type sea
209. for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steer ing wheel instrument panel door finishers and side roof rails See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Ss os Sy ASS Ss Sit upright and well back 4A WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower sever ity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status SS0131 light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sit ting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained lean ing forward sitting sideways or out Safety Seats
210. g if so equipped systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING SRS SIDE AIR BAG The warning label is attached as shown if so equipped 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing A in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag if so equipped roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag if so equipped for Coupe models and seat belt pretensioner sys tems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning flashes intermittently light e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag
211. g enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Re verse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before shifting the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch 5 10 Starting and driving then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is com pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an acci dent Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accele
212. g tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified re pair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep floor mat away from the pedal Parking brake Check the parking brake op eration regularly The vehicle should be securely he
213. gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera tion However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cata lyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWWFC specifi cations where it is available Many of the auto mobile manufacturers developed this specifica tion to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence
214. gh pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press the POWER FM or AM button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external in fluences Intermittent changes in reception qual ity normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep tion These circuits are designed to extend re ception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems do not indicate any malfunction in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the move ment reception conditio
215. h e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time e Keep the rear hatch trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the pas senger compartment If you must drive with the rear hatch trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation mode OFF and the fan control at the maxi mum position to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the rear hatch trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufac turer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the ve hicle Some recreational vehicle ap pliances such as stoves refrigera tors heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever e The vehicle is raised for service e You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment e You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system e You have h
216. h is in the ON position This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating difficul ties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS h Fuse fusible link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir M T models Window washer fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Air cleaner OMAN ODO KR WD Radiator filler cap h oO Engine drive belts 11 Engine coolant reservoir 12 Engine oil dipstick Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment a The strut tower bar has been adjusted to the most suitable posi tion at the factory fA CAUTION Tampering with the strut tower bar ad justment may cause a noise while driv ing or damage to the hood or engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality yea
217. hatch trunk lid Lock all doors by using the key or the keyfob When using the keyfob the hazard indicators flash twice to indicate all doors are locked 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not activate Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors and rear hatch trunk lid locked and ignition key off Turn the igni tion key to ACC to turn the system off Vehicle security system activation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pushing the UNLOCK gg button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by e Opening the door without using the key or keyfob e Opening the rear hatch or the trunk lid with out using the keyfob How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key or by pushing the UNLOCK gg but ton on keyfob The alarm will not stop if the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON If the s
218. he light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS 2 14 Instruments and controls CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the front and rear Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Seat belt warning light The seat belt warning light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates when ever the ignition key is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warn ing light for the front passenger See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions
219. he negative battery ter minal perform the procedure in the follow ing order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel top side rail may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows 2 Open the hood 5 Close and lock all the doors using the key or keyfob Disconnect the negative battery ter minal Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery termi nal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel top side rail may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock using the key and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood 3 Connect the negative battery termi nal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window Close the driver side door and the win dow WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 min utes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the bat tery which can gene
220. he programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open or close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op erate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the training button Instruments and controls 2 43 To begin press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 976 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 2 44 Instruments and controls 3 SIC301 1 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink
221. he system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say the number you wish to call For example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information Say Call International to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the i button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the MODE button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the ODF button on the steering wheel to reject the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main menu Call Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you push and release the ats button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands cur
222. he vehicle body 3 22 Fue nller COOP suchcnrisceecnncrciceencoreescaderacenssscassusateacpeneaeecs 3 23 Opener ODSALION si scsspcsscccesossccdesenmetieneceenceceeaaonmannes 3 23 Fue rat I gaa Derr eemretceerner rere te nerrer rar ere anise ct seeEnrener 3 23 Steering wheel ce eecescecssesesceceeeseseseeeeeseeeneeaeaeseeeeseeseeees 3 25 A seo oc de ssanie 3 25 SUN WIS Cis roarai EE EAEE a eeeeese teoast 3 25 MITON S sonoron eraat a A anae EER 3 26 EEEE ON E EEEE E 3 26 Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so equipped ecssssssessssessesessesessesessssessesessesseeseeeesess 3 26 Outside MIOS eeceteertysetee tects cceectandetsecenssceeneceteeae 3 27 KEYS SPA1379D 1 Master keys 2 Valet key 3 Key number plate With built in transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments duplicated by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys w
223. hem without asking for confirmation If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names D Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system returns to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the MODE button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main menu Memo Pad Play A Record Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system announces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Record The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the Cw or MODE button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Delete
224. hen the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine Technical and consumer information 9 5 oil when it was built You do not have to change AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your the oil before the first recommended change REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT air cond
225. hich are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the rear floor box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 5 keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all the registered keys that you have to a NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the reg istration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registra tion process these components will only recog nize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immo bilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle CAUTION Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Immo bilizer System key which contains an electrical transponder to come in con tact with salt water This could cause the system to malfunction DOORS WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in
226. hone number stored in the cellular ohone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 39 The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the system The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back num ber when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes t
227. ically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial gg to manually control the fan speed Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Fresh air Each time the air intake button is pushed the indicator light on the button will alternate vey Air recirculation and xx Fresh air When the es indicator light is on the interior air is recirculated When the air recirculation mode is selected with the A C indicator off while the fan speed control dial is in the AUTO position the air conditioner will turn on When the xx Indicator light is on the outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment e When the air intake button is pushed for longer than 1 5 seconds both indicator lights ey and xz will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically During this AUTO mode the indicator light of the currently selected mode illuminates e When the air flow control dial is in the Gy or 8 position the air recirculation mode does not activate Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial selects the air outlet to pe Air flows from center and side ventila tors re Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets spd Air flows mainly from foot outlets N4 Air flows fr
228. ically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For addi tional information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of ve hicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle QUICK REFERENCE Engine oil P 8 9 Brake fluid P 8 13 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Fuel filler door release P 3 23 Hood release P 3 8 Seat belt P 1 10 Door lock key P 3 2 Rear hatch release Coupe P 3 9 or Trunk lid release Roadster P 3 10 Engine coolant P 8 8 Window washer fluid P 8 14 Power steering fluid P 8 12 Battery P 8 15 Audio system P 4 12 Heater and air conditioner P 4 9 Soft top Roadster models P 3 13 Fuel P 3 23 P 9 3 Spare tire P 6 3 P 8 38
229. icate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Settings gt Language Units Settings gt Select Language Offset Adjust A CM Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per NE English on jel u saeco j r e FE Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific Display of Select Language l Language Units settings Select the Select Language or Select e Mountain Units key and push the ENTER button The Language Units settings screen will appear e Central when selecting the Language Units key and Language English or Fran ais e Eastern pushing the ENTER button Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km Select the ON key of the desired language or units and push the ENTER button e Atlantic e Newfoundland Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 HOW TO USE THE e BUTTON Push the 38 DAY NIGHT button to switch the display brightness to the daytime or night time mode and adjust the brightness by moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display Push
230. ide the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition key is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled The power window switches will be deactivated during the soft top operation Roadster models Driver s side power window switch 1 Driver side window 2 Passenger side window 3 Window lock button To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up Locking passenger s window When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Instruments and controls 2 39 Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely press or lift the switch
231. iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 65R15 95H Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law Tire Speed Rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identi fi
232. ident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and cor rosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers MEMO Technical and consumer information 9 27 MEMO 9 28 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 21 Advanced air bag SyStemM sssssserresrrrsrrrresrerrerrsnn 1 35 Air bag system Advanced Air Bag System eesessrsrs 1 35 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 36 Air bag warning ADSL Ss acpeseecsecvveree aexwesneerecinet ieee 1 42 Air bag warning light xavceectaciieee cance 1 43 2 14 Air cleaner recreere 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation sssssessseseseresrsrsrsrrern 4 9 Air conditioner Service sesser 4 9 4 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendationS sses 4 12 9 6 Heater and air conditioner automatic
233. ight not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips are S match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by when playing copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order desired order Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER 1 MUTE button 2 SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button SO OK W DISP Display CHANGE button SCAN tuning button CD play button RADIO FM AM band select button MIX play button 8 RPT Repeat play button 9 CD EJECT button 10 TUNE FF REW button 11 ON OFF VOL Volume control knob 12 Audio Clock display 13 Station and preset select button 14 AUDIO button Audio main operation For all operation precautions see Audio ope
234. in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load FOR GASOLINE ENGINES API certification mark API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satis factory engine life and performance See Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubricants ear lier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifi cation mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary w
235. ing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed en gine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the envi ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never connect or disconnect the bat tery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the igni tion switc
236. ing or engine braking on down hill grades ul 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than m4 range This reduces fuel economy 5 12 Starting and driving e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range e When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession However if this motion is rapidly done the second shifting may not be completed prop erly e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range e When canceling the manual shift mode re turn the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle dam age or loss of control Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing
237. ing played returns to Its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CD will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next CD program MIX play When the MIX button is pushed while the com pact disc is being played programs will be played at random not following the sequence on the compact disc The same program may be repeated twice Push the MIX button again to return to the normal play mode REPEAT RPT play When the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 ee RPT Normal play atl The display shows the following symbol no mark 1 CD RPT Repeat 1 1 TR Track RPT CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except for 3
238. ing procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK gg but tons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 once and the horn chirps once 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Raise the lever 2 at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Insert the assist bar into the slot 3 in the front edge of the hood 4 When closing the hood reset the assist bar to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place Hold the coated part A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood REAR HATCH Coupe models WARNING Do not drive with the rear hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to b
239. ion will acti vate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB Pushing the door inside lock knob to the LOCK or UNLOCK position will lock or unlock the corresponding door The rear hatch trunk lid lock is linked with the driver side door lock To individually lock the doors from the outside without a key move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position Then close the door When locking the door without a key be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH All doors will be locked when the power door lock switch is pushed to the LOCK position 4 with the driver s or front passenger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position D Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid release the rear hatch trunk lid and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Bef
240. is being operated Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 Move seat 4 fully back CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT Coupe models only WARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat Front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the front SSS0261 air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light in this sec tion for details 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with an Automatic Locking Retractor ALR which must be used when installing a child re straint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint i
241. it some light visible from the inside of the vehicle This does not affect the water and air tightness of the seal e The inner surface of the trunk and top storage lids may show a fibrous or marbled pattern This is the normal appearance of the material used in these parts FUEL FILLER DOOR k SPA1508 SPA2421 OPENER OPERATION FUEL FILLER CAP i i highly explosive under certain condi To open the fuel filler door push the opener 4 To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counter tions You could be burned or seri switch located below the instrument panel To clockwise ously injured if it is misused or mis H a 2 Hang the string of the cap on the hook a as handled Always stop the engine and shown while refueling do not smoke or allow open flames The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten or sparks near the vehicle when refu the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are eling heard e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts A WARNING off automatically Continued refuel ing may cause fuel overflow result e Gasoline is extremely flammable and ing in fuel spray and possibly a fire Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible i
242. it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow injury or death e Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the ve hicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly inst
243. ith the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indica tor is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your 5 4 Starting and driving vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to con tinue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressu
244. itioner system interval Oil and filter change intervals depend RECOMMENDATIONS upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may The air conditioner system in your NISSAN require more frequent oil and filter changes vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant o repeated short distance driving at cold out NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or the side temperatures exact equivalents e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling A CAUTION e towing a trailer The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance conditioning system and will require the Guide for the maintenance schedule replacement of all air conditioner sys tem components e stop and go commuting The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner system service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant 9 6 Technical and consumer information SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed Ignition timing B T D C CO percentage a
245. k Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or Is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures for example new vehicle purchases Upon sale ot the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by fed eral safety standards These stan dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto matically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety stan dards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During t
246. k lid release s s snsesenensrsrererrersrsrererenesns 3 11 Map lighis ssec nr 2 41 Hatch Rear hatch siiis 3 9 Replacement ssssssssssssrsrrsrerrsrenesunnninnenrenesesnennnnnns 8 26 Hazard warning flasher SWitCH c eseeee 2 27 Room gNbessssnnnanar nN 2 41 nK MG ENG eena ccetcaciee Vanity mirror NN asec sctsaninieotncxterimvetennaveceuatecus Warning indicator lights and audible reminders inre e anaE E aE Xenon headlights ssssesssesssssserserrsrerssrsrssrerrrnre Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading Information weeccesssssescsesescsesessesesseesssetscsesseteteenensenenens Lock Door locks erener Power door lOCK sssssssssssssssrsrssesuoneninsninnesrenenesnrnnns Rear floor BOX ssi etiikka iiei Rear hatch lOCkK ssssssssssssssrsrssssnerisrensrrerenrsnsnrsrennns Top latch levetni Tynk ldrsseisen Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS csssee Luggage compartment light sciscccscecccsttercncrceises Maintenance RACY E E E General maintenance sssssssssisrrirererrirerrrrnrrerrens Inside the vehiCle s sssssseiesserrreirrrrrrr Maintenance information display Maintenance precautions cccsceseeeeeees Maintenance requirements ccceeceee Outside the VENICIC ccceeeescecsesseseeeeeseeeeeeees Seat belt maintenance cece essere Under the hood and VehIcle cccceeeesee
247. king with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light fr will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pretensioner may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual WARNING SRS AIR BAG The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag and front seat mounted side impact supplemental air ba
248. lace any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system com ponents will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn your self No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bags and curtain air bags or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag sys tems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems e Tampering with the side air bag sys tem may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Instal lation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and ora
249. lant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX 2 level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Contact a NISSAN dealer if replacement is required e Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating WARNING e To avoid being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches the operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Rein sert it all the way Maintenance and do it yours
250. ld on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs to be adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles op
251. ld void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 MEMO Instruments and controls 2 47 MEMO 2 48 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments FRG S E A E A E 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 DOO aA N snus sence dntesscaneo A 3 3 Locking wih KOy isien 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob sssssssssssrsisissssssrsrsrssnss 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch cece 3 4 Remote keyless entry system sssssssssssssrsrersrssrsrsrerernsrsrsnnnes 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system ss 3 5 POG a ech ccceseecareeueresonecens 3 8 Rear hatch Coupe models s sssssssssscsssssesessessssssessssesess 3 9 Opener operation sssessssessssrssisrssrsrsisierieneneenenesnnesnsnnnnne 3 9 Secondary rear hatch release n se 3 10 Trunk lid Roadster models sessies 3 10 Opener operation wesiscsncsassnonsnasssicasnanesieacgnnnnnabsnrincerinnass 3 10 Interior trunk lid release ssssssessssssssensrsrsrersrsrsrsrerrrnnrnns 3 11 Secondary trunk lid release cesses 3 12 Soft top Roadster MOdelS cssssssesessesesteseseseseseees 3 13 Before operating the TOD ssssssssssssssrsrsrssssnsnsnesnsnsnsnsnnsns 3 13 When operating the TOD sssssssssssssrsrsresssisnsnsnnsnsnsnsnsnnens 3 15 Opening the Top sisanra 3 18 NOSIS the TOD ssiradiimaepani 3 19 If the top does not open or close electrically 3 19 Care of the soft top and t
252. le in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel 6 6 In case of emergency nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated 1 until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se quence as illustrated Lower the vehicle com pletely WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver s side center pillar Stowing the damaged tire and tools Securely store the spare tire a
253. lease con tact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an acc
254. lectronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but with out anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are haz ardous and extra care is required while driving TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS if so equipped On slippery surfaces such as wet asphalt roads vehicle wh
255. light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady 2 16 Instruments and controls Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system SLIP Slip indicator light The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the Traction Control System TCS is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits This light also comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light will turn off if the VDC or TCS is operational Traction Control System TCS off indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the Traction Control System TCS off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the TCS is not operating This light also comes on when the ignition switch is tu
256. ls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maxi mum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section CAUTION e Do not use axle mounted hitches e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to installa trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if a vehicle is struck from the rear where practical re move the hitch and or receiver when not in use Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between a vehicle and the trailer The safety chain should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch
257. mand and announces the next set of available commands Say New phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset D When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone oper ate it to enter the code 1234 tails You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on pairing NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system asks you to assign a priority level F The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone G Follow the instruc tions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more informa 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Call A Number speak digits Dial Push the 4 button on steering wheel A tone will sound Say Call a T
258. me Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system e f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh e You can say Star for and Pound for at anytime in any position of the phone number 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Available only when
259. mmand and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system ac knowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a p
260. n Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 3 Starting and driving 5 15 CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped 4A WARNING 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out WARNING cause engine damage Do not use the cruise control when driv ing under the following conditions PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e Be sure the parking brake is fully e f the cruise control system malfunctions it e When it is not possible to keep the released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully en gaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the park ing brake and cause an accident 5 16 Starting and driving vehicle at a set speed e In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc e In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur
261. n drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you 4A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operat ing temperature Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes Stop the vehicle Place the automatic trans mission gear selector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position or the manual transmis sion shift lever in the N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step
262. n the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second with the key removed from the ignition switch The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK amp button or the UNLOCK button is pushed or e The PANIC 3 button or the HATCH TRUNK button is pushed on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn ONLY Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR only AND HORN Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK gg button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK Switching indicator HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once UNLOCK LOCK No operation HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once A button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK gg button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Switch
263. n an accident Do not remove them Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS except for ventilated net seats WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint e Active Head Restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any acci dent e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could im pair Active Head Restraint function The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as described in the previous section 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON S
264. n below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driv ing habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the en gine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h 1st 40 65 2nd 66 106 3rd 95 152 4th 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE To apply pull the parking brake lever up 4 To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tio
265. n system is not functioning properly Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake and clutch fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 12 Instruments and controls WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer
266. nal traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of stud ded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter a scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e a sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts e extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4A WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip un der these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down Starting and driving 5 25 with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavemen
267. ncludes the information about both the side air bag system a and the curtain air bag system B Curtain air bags are not available on Roadster models The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the infor mation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side colli sions on the side that the vehicle is impacted although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of se
268. nd enter commands Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send com mand to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the num bers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Phone book
269. nd jacking equip ment in the vehicle WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be 12 volts Use of an improperly rated followed battery can damage your vehicle accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 4A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with any thing immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of chil dren The booster battery must be rated at Whenever working on or near a bat tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jew elry Do not lean
270. nding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition push and release the Oe button located on the steering wheel The light on the overhead con sole flashes to signal you have entered a voice recognition VR session After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e f a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 Please try again Repeat the command in a clear voice e If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Cor rection anytime the system is waiting for a response e You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push the MODE button on the steering wheel at any ti
271. nge for easy iden tification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or acci dental activation of the pretension ers Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious per sonal injury Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunction with the front air bag system Wor
272. ning or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle ser vice manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it can not prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving tech niques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in Starting and driving 5 21
273. njury It could also cause the malfunction in dicator light to come on Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the iene mal function indicator light MIL to illu minate If the ENG light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The NaNe light should turn off after a few Sash SERVICE driving trips If the nene light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section STEERING
274. nking alcohol drugs and driving seen 0 6 Braking precautions seepcsscsccenncescedeeewsestescteecseslammacticn 5 21 Ignition switch sd as aera 5 6 Anti lock Braking System ABS SOE 5 24 Automatic transmission PAE EEEE AAEE T 5 7 Traction Control System TCS if so equipped 5 23 Manual transmission AEE E A AEE EE E 5 7 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Key POSIIONS ccscscestcscscteressuesctaccan Sinacsesecsiscteieatieceen 5 8 if 80 CQUIP PER ceccsnssccensnsscesnssnsnrsessnsereessesenssesne 5 93 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System sess 5 8 od Cold weather driving evensnssnszsesicsasecesesannneseookceusenvnteneernen 5 25 Before starting the engine sssssssssssssssssrsresssssusnsnnnesnsnsnsnnnns 5 9 Starting the ngine sasnvacsasasarizresnsanssinanstceasesieaseh coneintaenanenns 5 9 pEeelnig SN i OT O R street ey Driving the vehicle sssrin 5 10 Anti freeze cccesaccecscncs scatiasnteceencccceerchanereenctecenaeatinn 5 25 TO PE ATARI E sacs eccseectsecteoes cotter cetaece c 5 10 Battery eres tases IE IE AE A AE O 5 25 Manual transmission scsssssssssesssessesssessesseesseessesseeseeess 5 13 Draining of coolant water sss 9 25 Parking Drake sraonecseeeccecoecsesb a ncattinverecroutouasttecustnieuetiseceeouiine 5 15 Tire CQUIPMENE waaeeesssssssssssssssssseseeseeeceneeceeeeeeeeettnttttnttee 5 25 Cruise control if so equipped ssessseeessssettssessteeeeseees 5 16 Special winter CQUIPMENE s sssssssrserrsrseerserrsersserserrsers
275. ns 2 14 Warning lightS s ssssssssssssssssrssrsierssrsnsnnsnennninnnnrnnnsnsnnnnns 2 11 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 27 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system OPIS cece scree A E E E 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible PS NMI Socata eee eee eee 2 11 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 23 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 WV ASTIN eos ceesecestiencciccustarcticrostnenteeneecsceuentieestentpebeesteeuenely 7 2 Wax ne ree r en eee ere 7 3 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheel tire S12 cect eeeleeevertee een deteene nian 9 8 Wheels and tireS greener eer eee ner eee ere arent ee 8 30 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels seses 7 4 Window washer fluid sociecsteccsoncsttercererterereceerte 8 14 Window s Automatic adjusting function sssr 2 40 Cleanings aN Rn 7 3 Power WING OW Sverre ctenernencteewnretentsatieonen 2 39 Windshield wiper and washer Switch 2 21 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 21 Wiper blades sssssssssssssssrsrssrsnsresnrnnrenssrenesesnrnnnrnns 8 19 X Xenon headlightS ssssssssssssrsrrsrsresnsnesnonnninrnsrsnsnesnrnns 2 24 10 7 MEMO 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index
276. ns will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 ae AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce treble response
277. nsor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual ambient temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s attention Press the mode switch A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The dte indicator will remain blinking until the vehicle is refueled When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE e If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average fuel consumption mpg or liter 100 km and speed av mph or av km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows
278. nter of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used e f the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor mode when us ing a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the front passenger seat If you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position 1 Turn the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position Roadster models only 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If n
279. number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos sible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera tion However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gaso line is recommended CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cata lyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES The label is typ
280. o use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage near a tall building or in a mountain Ous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshoot ing guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the
281. of panel top side rail may be damaged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel top side rail When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC1980A Coupe models ROOM LIGHT The interior light has a two position switch A DOOR 8 OFF When the switch is in the DOOR position the light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when e The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed e The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch Roadster models e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The interior light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The drivers door is locked either with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON MAP LIGHTS To turn on the light push the plastic surface of the light Push it again to turn off the light When the map light stays on it will auto matically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position The map and vanity mirror light
282. om defroster and foot out lets y Air flows mainly from defroster outlets To turn the system off Turn the fan speed control dial to the OFF position OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally f a SAA0603 Sensor A on the instrument panel helps main tain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 1 1 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer How ever special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and rec ommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air con ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom mendations A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under hi
283. on Models cetecatnacsereed eect AAE 5 7 5 13 Power door lock SWITCH wiser serasesctserscecastaxeteeenns 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SS esas tect ocean oe cette eed 2 23 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 29 Turn signal switch seco ceee neers 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 29 T TAC MOMMC TE occocaneconecenssanenedatenaitiananears 2 5 Temperature display es cosecortecteescrctianecerceerneaances 2 9 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature GaUC Ci iiescreacieninieueecie 2 5 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine SUSI evesescccacvecersecetecsccea stcedvacackaeectcacsndsucenembatecey 2 19 Three way Cala St scictascct cinco ces aicbeiencreeeectareaies 5 3 Tilting passenger s seat ves tecenrecccnniientiennianers 1 7 Tilting steering wheel ssssssessssssrsrssrsrsrernssnsnnsrenrnrns 3 25 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning Fe g asa S 2 13 Tires Flat treser ehren EEE EPE ETARE REEE ETEA 6 2 Low tire pressure warning SYStEM eee 5 3 Spare c ae een ee eee ee eee 8 40 Tire and Loading information label 8 32 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Tire chains cictctesecsnctctssacesacsentsines Seeseeteamersiievesants 8 37 Tire CIS SUNG siie a 7 4 Tire US SMS sssssssssssssrsrrsrrssnrnesnsnnnnonennnnnnennenesnnnt 8 30 Tire pressure monitoring system PMS aa eee 5 3 6 2 Tire rotation s sssssesessesrsrererenssrrrnesrrnrrrnrnesrrrenennenen
284. on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi
285. on is available during scrolling of modes unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active When RADIO band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO band select button is turned to ON the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station channel played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception If the satellite radio signal is lost due to interfer ence while driving in a parking structure or tunnel for example NO SIGNAL will be dis played and no satellite radio station will be available TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button wy or M for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels push and hold either side of the TUNE button down for more than 0 5 second SEEK tuning For FM and AM radio Push the SEEK button X or W to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station For satellite radio Push the SEEK button Z or W to seek channels of the next or previous category SCAN SCAN tuning
286. on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illu minate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag if so equipped and curtain air bag if so equipped and pretensioner sys tems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For additional information see Supplemental re straint system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models When the ignition key is turned to the ON position the in
287. ontaining oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square or ange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region 9 4 Technical and consumer information Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel in jector cleaner octane booster intake valve de posit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harm ful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the above stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result
288. operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or dam age to the supplemental air bag system 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag sys tem may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instru ment panel assembly by placing ma terial over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat
289. ore locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm and the rear hatch trunk lid release will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer For information regarding the replacement of a battery see Keyfob battery replacement in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section LOCK button f 2 UNLOCK button p 3 HATCH TRUNK button sms 4 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLE
290. other part of the vehicle for to remove jack support 3 Jacking tools They are in the tool bag e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause 6 4 In case of emergency SCE0410A Jack up point 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated above so that top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire In case of emergency 6 5 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the wheel on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight When replacing a front tire make sure the ho
291. ough 7 pass OFF i e AIRBAG Rito SSS0681 Front facing step 10 10 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light ssa should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Try a differ ent child restraint Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT Coupe models only An anchor for a child restraint with a top tether is provided in this vehicle If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the provided anchor point Secure the child restraint with the seat belt Guide the top tether strap under the head restraint as illustrated and secure it to the anchor bracket Tighten the strap according to manufacturer instructions to remove any slack WARNING e Child restraint anchor point is de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance is it to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured
292. ous injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the recov ery hook Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie down hooks to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie down hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pull devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure LE Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or Traction Control System TCS if so equipped Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmis sion models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission
293. ovided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as Starting and driving 5 3 possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined w
294. ower outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Do not use accessories that exceed a combined power draw of 12 volt 120W 10A for both the front and Rear rear power outlets Do not use double adapters or more than one accessory with a single power outlet Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the ve hicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being Instruments and controls 2 31 used or the ACC power of the vehicle e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open e Do not allow water to contact the outlet When not in use be sure to close the lid 2 32 Instruments and controls STORAGE INSTRUMENT POCKET except for navigation system equipped models To open the lid push the knob up 1 To close pull the lid down WARNING Keep the pocket lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop SUNGLASSES HOLDER Coupe models The sunglasses holder can be opened by push ing the button A WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident involved in a collision CAUTION e The cargo restrained in the net must not
295. pletely The windows do not rise auto matically after the top operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE TOP 1 Apply the parking brake and move the selec tor lever to the P Park position for the automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for the manual transmission model 2 Start the engine 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Release the front edge of the top from the vehicle body with the top latch lever 5 Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully opened e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the opening movement will finish and the indicator light turns off e Windows will automatically be fully opened e The passenger seatback will automatically move forward unless the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position It will return to the original position after the top operation See Automatic pas senger seatback tilt function shown on the previous page of this section 6 Release the switch when the top is fully opened The indicator light turns off NOTE If you release the switch and press it again while the top is being opened the top will slightly move to the closing direction then start moving to the opening direction again The top is designed to move in this way
296. r BALANCE ap pears in the display Push the TUNE W AN orSEEK Y XH button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the AUDIOP Audio Pilot mode to OFF or ON push the TUNE or SEEK button Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds CLOCK adjusting Push the RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds to adjust the digital clock display When the clock adjusting display is selected the time hour or minute will start flashing See Clock in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the detailed clock adjustment opera tion DISPLAY CHANGE This button will work during satellite radio if so equipped and CD operation Find the detailed function in the description of each item 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO RADIO FM AM SAT band select Pushing the RADIO band select button will change the band as follows Without satellite radio AM gt FM1 FM2 AM With satellite radio AM FM1 FM2 gt SAT gt AM No satellite operati
297. r WMA The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use e Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging e Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems format cannot be written in this audio system e If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is a malfunction due to excessive temperature inside the player Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD in the audio system with a CD changer Compact Disc CD with MP3 or WMA for the audio system with a 6CD changer Explanation of terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM
298. r additional information see the appropriate maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES SDI1751 Some vehicles are equipped with engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes that use only type fuses Other ve hicles are equipped with type A fuses in the engine compartment fuse box and type 8 fuses in the passenger compartment fuse box Type a fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type a fuses can be installed in the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 nin H al FT nn i E n H Ea i iy e Ce If a type A fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse Is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1479B ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and headlight switch are OFF Open th
299. r indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark i e Improper service of the spare Tire wear and damage tire may result in serious per sonal injury If it is necessary to A WARNING repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section for rec ommended types and sizes of tires and wheels WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels o
300. r instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START po sition After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 seconds if the system is operational pass OFF AIRBAG 25 SSS0681 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light OFF The front passenger air bag status light 73i Is rv located on the overhead console The light op er
301. r round anti freeze cool ant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap ing from the radiator See precau tions in If your vehicle overheats found in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Deminer alized water distilled water C oF CAUTION Outside temperature down to Anti freeze When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineral ized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN add coolant up to the MAX 2 level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radia tor fill the radiator with coo
302. r seat seatback P 1 7 Power window switch P 2 39 Power door lock switch P 3 4 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 27 Sun visor P 3 25 Interior light P 2 41 Sunglasses holder P 2 32 O Inside mirror P 3 26 Automatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 26 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 43 P 1 36 Microphone Bluetooth Free Phone System P 4 31 Rear parcel box P 2 37 Rear parcel box or Navigation system 1 Rear floor box P 2 35 Power outlet P 2 31 Console box P 2 35 Parking brake Operation P 5 15 Hands Parking Parking on hills P 5 19 Checking P 8 21 18 Selector lever or shift lever Automatic transmission P 5 10 Manual transmission P 5 13 19 Cargo net P 2 33 if so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 7 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ROADSTER MODELS Seat belts P 1 10 Seats Power seats adjustment P 1 4 Ventilated net seats P 1 6 Passenger seat Power seatback tilt switch P 1 7 Cancel switch P 1 8 Power window switch P 2 39 Power door lock switch P 3 4 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 27 Soft top latch lever P 3 16 Safety switch for soft top latch lever P 3 16 Interior light P 2 41 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 36 Inside mirror P 3 26 Au
303. ra tion precautions earlier in this section ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF VOL Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOL control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE Press the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADER or BALANCE ap pears in the display Push the TUNE vw N orSEEK Y A_ button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers After 10 seconds the radio or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display appears MUTE MUTE button Push the MUTE button to mute the audio sound Push the MUTE button again to release the mute DISPLAY CHANGE Push the DIS
304. rate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling Keep the battery out of the reach of children 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the UPPER LEVEL a and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line Q 3 Tighten cell plugs Indicator JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS SDI2061 1 Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor oF W N Drive belt auto tensioner WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual
305. rated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material and or components for Roadster models Instruments and controls 2 23 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desirable not to turn off A WARNING the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a AX HIGH VOLTAGE traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on e When xenon headlights are on they This way the life of the xenon headlights produce a high voltage To prevent an is not reduced seep nO Pome Res e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to y burning out the brightness will drasti your xenon headlights replaced at a cally decrease the light will start blink NISSAN dealer ing or the color of the light will become e Xenon headlights provide consider reddish If one or more of the above ably more light than conventional signs appeal comtact a NISSAN dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver Turn the switch to the waz position ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve l B hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have 2 Turn the switch to the ZC position the headlights adjusted correctly Headlights will come on an
306. rator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Main gate uf R Of Manual shift gate To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal WZ Push the button gt Just move the selector lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button 4A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK CAUTION To prevent automatic transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is com pletely stopped P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button
307. re e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside tem perature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient tem perature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section WARNING e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Driving with wunder inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emer gency section for changing a flat tire
308. re ratio Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent WARNING Anti freeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal to prevent discharging It CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel top side rail may be damaged by doing so To disconnect t
309. ren need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint should not be installed in this vehicle e Front facing child restraint should not be installed in the Roadster models e Booster seat WARNING e Never let an infant who requires the use of a rear facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms e Roadster models do not have an an chor for a top tether strap required for most front facing child restraints Never let children who require the use of a front facing child restraint ride in Roadster models e Children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropri ate child restraints e Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriou
310. rent lan guage see Choosing a language earlier in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the Oe button The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if The q button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle is driven during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phone book new entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phone book delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ring tone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call thr
311. rently available anytime the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system Is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the Oe button on the steering wheel However if you press the ats button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call Main menu Call Name speak name A Number speak digits International Redial Call Back O Name speak name A If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name
312. rmly pull the The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow secured in the latched position If they the driver and passenger some freedom of are not completely secured passengers movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat may be injured in an accident or sudden belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or stop during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional belt and release it Then smoothly pull information see Child restraints later in this the belt out of the retractor section SSS0290A 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug The ALR mode should be used only for on the hips as shown child restraint installation During normal l seat belt use by a passenger the ALR 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the mode should not be activated If it is acti retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the vated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder tension and across your chest The front passenger seat belt has two modes of A WARNING operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR When fastening
313. rned to the ON position The light will turn off if the TCS is operational When the TCS off indicator light and slip indi cator light come on with the TCS turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the system s fail safe mode is operating that is the TCS may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the traction control func tion will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Trac tion Control System TCS in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the VDC system and Traction Control System TCS are not operating This light also comes on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The light will turn off if the VDC system is operational When the VDC off indicator light and slip indi cator light come on with the VDC system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the system s fail safe mode is operating that is the VDC system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system
314. rns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Maintenance items should be checked peri odically for example each time you check engine oll Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper infla tion Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts
315. s removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try a different child restraint cS S SF 4 aS SSS0640 ae SSS0360B Front facing step 1 Front facing step 2 Front facing 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you If you must install a child restraint in the front hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to seat follow these steps follow the child restraint manufacturer s in 1 Position the child restraint on the front pas structions for belt routing senger seat Move the seat to the rear most position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position if so equipped Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instruc tions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If nec essary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SSS0651 Front facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt
316. s the trunk lid or back hatch Also make sure that all latches lock securely Lubricate if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no nuts are missing and check for any loose nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated in this vehicle Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips Adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for dam age cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel align ment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel needed balancing may be For additional information regardin
317. s will automati cally turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 41 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the vanity mirror light stays on it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 42 Instruments and controls LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT Coupe models The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will go off TRUNK LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will go off HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLin
318. safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure will increase tire wear and lower fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will increase tire wear and lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and PARKING PARKING ON HILLS leave the windows closed to reduce drag g Downhill with curb Uphill with curb Uphill or downhill no curb Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda a tion in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section l l l l l 1 Firmly apply the parking brake WARNING 2 Automatic transmission models e Do not stop or park the vehicle over Move the selector lever to the P Park posi tion flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may Manual transmission models ignite and cause a fire Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place e Never leave the engine running while ct
319. seatback backward from the stopped posi tion with the power seatback tilt switch Use the reclining switch on the seat cushion to select the seatback position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seatback tilt cancel switch When the seatback tilt cancel switch is pushed to the CANCEL position the tilting reclining operation using the power seat back tilt switch will be cancelled Only the sliding reclining switches located on the seat cushion are operational Push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the AUTO position to reactivate the power seatback tilt switch This cancel switch is linked with the automatic passenger seatback tilt function of the soft top operation See Soft top in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section CAUTION When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat be sure to turn the seat back tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position Otherwise the child restraint may be damaged HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob A and push the head restraint down The ventilated net seats if so equipped for Roadster models have non adjustable head restraints SSS0178A Adjust the head restraints so the center is level with the center of your ears WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury i
320. sharp turns or at low speeds 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb 5 20 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This overheats the brakes increases wear on the brakes and pads and reduces gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an acci dent e If the engine is not run
321. significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and con trols section Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the COLD TIRE PRESSURE heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling capacity may also result in fail ure of other vehicle compo WARNING
322. sion push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it If either of the following messages appear on the display push the EJECT button e PUSH EJECT Eject the disc and insert it again e CHECK DISC Eject the disc and check whether it is damaged or inserted upside down 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems e CD ERR F Eject the disc and check whether it is a proper audio CD shows a different number according to the au dio condition CD IN indicator CD IN indicator inserted slot number 1 6 appears on the display when the CD is loaded SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING e Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Type A Type B VOLUME control switch MODE sele
323. sition when the entire top operation is completed This automatic seatback movement will be stopped e When the passenger seat sliding or reclining switch on the seat cushion is operated e When the power seatback tilt switch on the seatback is operated e When the seatback tilt cancel switch is turned to the CANCEL position Remove your hand from the soft top operating switch and push it again to resume operation The passenger seatback will start tilting forward again from the present position and the soft top will start opening or closing If the top movement is interrupted at this time the next time you resume top operation the seatback will first tilt forward from the present position then the top will start moving again If you need to cancel this function or when a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat push the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position For the seatback tilt cancel switch see Tilting and reclining passenger s seat from driver s seat in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrain sys tem section If the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CAN Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 CEL position and the passenger seat Is occu pied ask the passenger to sit forward when the top is being opened or closed Automatic window lowering When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered com
324. sly injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop Your vehicle is equipped with a supplemental front impact air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint needed for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All US states and provinces of Canada require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint Because a rear facing child restraint is not suitable for use in this vehicle infants should not be transported in it Small children Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint except Roadster models Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for mini mum and maximum weight and height recom mendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children
325. ssenger seatback as shown Tilting reclining operation To tilt the passenger seatback forward push the top if side of the power seatback tilt switch 8 for more than 0 5 second The seat back will automatically tilt forward To stop the movement push the top or bottom of the switch To tilt or adjust the seatback backward push and hold the bottom af side of the power Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Roadster models Type B seatback tilt switch While the switch is held down the seatback will move backward to the original position that was last selected using the reclining switch located on the seat cushion Release the switch to stop the movement Operation conditions The power seatback tilt switch does not activate under the following conditions e when the passenger seat sliding reclining switches on the seat cushion are being op erated e when the seat tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position See Seatback tilt cancel switch later in this section e when the passenger seat belt is fastened e when the vehicle speed reaches 4 MPH 7 km h and more The automatic tilting reclining movement will be stopped e when any of the above 4 conditions occur e when the power seatback tilt switch top or bottom is pushed again e when the seatback is moved with the soft top open close operation When this interruption occurs you cannot move the
326. ssessrsreerssrssrerrererresresnns 5 25 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 5 10 Driving with manual transmission 5 7 5 13 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy FUG asicesineupennitecenmncduceenmncermdvss 5 18 Elapsed time sieniin anseia EARE ari S 2 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 23 Engine Before starting the engine ssssssrsrss 5 9 Break in schedule ss ssssssssssssrssrsresrersrisnesesnenern 5 18 Capacities and recommended fuel NETS AUNTS iiuen ere 9 2 Changing engine Coolant c sseceeeeeee 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter eee 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level sees 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge sees 2 5 Engine block Nealer c iccinnessciesseenrceind 5 26 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SYSLOG sissies cranes 8 8 Engine 0 rmcemetenrrsre a rca ceener ee ever i 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil VISCOSITY cviccnitinccmatiensmunieccsaieuntenceds 9 5 Engine serial NUMDEr ssssssssssssssssrierersrrrnssrsrnren 9 10 Engine specifications srsanseuckeiernccneeccerercectatedeceuteces 9 7 If your vehicle OVerheatS cceccccsecssseereserseeesens 6 9 Oil pressure gauge ache meettienentienioes 2 7 Starting the engine s sesssssessesessrerrereerssrerrrrereeresnns 5 9 Event data recorders pcecanenwnncmeinnotnand 9
327. stem is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan con trol to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position Trailer towing consumes more fuel than nor mal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have a vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended main tenance schedule When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help stabi lize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use 6th gear manual transmission or 5th posi tion automatic transmission
328. sudden stop REAR PARCEL BOX Push the upper part of the lid to open the rear parcel box For models without the Navigation system two boxes are available WARNING Keep rear parcel box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an acci dent or a sudden stop STOWING GOLF BAGS Follow the instructions here to stow golf bags in the rear cargo space of your vehicle Normally two bags can be stowed in the luggage area Coupe models or one bag in the trunk Road ster models However in some cases you may not be able to stow the above number of golf bags in your vehicle depending on their sizes or types Coupe models Normally two standard golf bags can be stowed across the strut tower bar in the luggage area as illustrated A and B When stowing a golf bag A in the rear space insert the top of the golf bag Instruments and controls 2 37 into left side of the luggage area 1 then put the bag down 2 SIC 2378 COAT HOOK Coupe models The hooks are locked above the side windows as shown in the illustration CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 2 Ib 1 kg to a single hook Roadster models Normally one standard golf bag C can be stowed in the trunk Insert the top of the golf bag into left side of the trunk 1 then put the bag down 2 2 38 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc ins
329. t Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steer ing maneuvers Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle 5 26 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical s
330. t belt with retractor s s s Seat belt extenders oo ccssseseeeeeseeeseseeseseeseseeeseees Seat belt maintenance ou eceeeseseeeeeeeeeeseeseseeaseeees Child PE SUAINNS ssir Precautions on Child restraints oo Child restraint installation on front passenger seat Coupe models Only c sssssessssessesesesesseseseseesees Top tether strap child restraint Coupe models only sssssssssssssssesssesssesseesen Booster Seals ssrbsst renen ainra E iaai Precautions on booster seats seeseseeeeereeeereeerne Booster seat installation on front passenger Supplemental restraint system ssssssessssesesrsrrersrersreererenees Precautions on supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag warning labels sss Supplemental air bag warning light essees SEATS side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle Sit upright and well back CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is r
331. t ecczcceacscearcesenteessrensresesrsanienatets 8 27 l E srassssssnsssststsntntenssneesesntnsinen 5 18 Headlight SWitch sescssssssssssssssssssssssnssseeeesen 9 94 J mp starting zevssisnasanni 6 7 Fuel octane rating sees se reeseessserrrreeensrsrrrrrrrssssnnnns 9 3 Xenon headighiscsssossnnnsisinssanna 2 24 Fuel reCOMMENCATION a 9 3 Heated seats eee nee ee 2 28 K Fue NGI CAD snscientenminncioneteearenens 3 23 Heater Fuel filler OOK sssssssssssesssseessseesesesssnseesassesnse 3 23 Engine block heater ssssssssssrssreststrerresertsesesrereras 5 26 Keyfob battery replacement seessseesseeenssennne 8 24 Ciele EEE A A 2 6 pus air conditioner automatic 4 9 Keyless entry See remote keyless entry FR E 8 21 HomeLink Universal Transceiver eses 2 43 VD ee ciate Garcenedenerentaieeudes 3 5 E E 8 23 Hood release eenean 3 8 E E E T E 3 2 Hook Coat NOOK iieeihicencceteide teed tetera ices 2 38 FOTM cic e cre teacisna asierssenneeatasia raven aresteuetacseerncines ute 2 27 L G L l Labels Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Air bag warning labels sssrin 1 42 Fran OIVO ssiri a Ignition SWItOh iiiiiiiiiiiieiiiiiieiiie ieii 5 6 Air conditioner specification label seses 9 11 GaS CAD is gaitaretchn paaa wee Automatic transmission models 5 7 5 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Gauge A ren rae nye ees anne aes Key position Sesser eE 5 8 Engine serial NUMDEL ccscccsesesesessesseeseeeees 9 10 Engine cool
332. t idle speed Spark plug Spark plug gap Normal Camshaft operation Model in mm cu in cm rpm degree rpom No air Standard in mm VQ35HR Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 45 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 See the emission control label on the underside of the hood FXE22HR 1 1 0 043 1 1 Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 1 Cylinder number Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Model Coupe Roadster Tire Model Coupe Road ster Offset Frot 1 18 30 Aman 1 30 83 1 18 30 1 18 30 1 18 80 1 30 33 Pressure COLD 240 kPa 35 psi 240 kPa 35 psi 240 kPa 35 psi a 240 kPa 35 psi Sae p reso tome 420 kPa 60 psi Front 240 kPa 35 psi tional Conventional FRear 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 psi Spare T145 80D17 107M 420 kPa 60 psi For option 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Vehicle body Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating GVWR Gross axle weight rating GAWR Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 1 For model with 245 45R 18 tires 2 For model with 265 35R 19 tires Coupe Roadster 169 8 4 314 169 8 4 314
333. t the desired sta tions Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT encoded within a regular radio broadcast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now consid ering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Classi cal Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 Program type PTY Category CAT select When PTY button is pushed during FM mode the PTY CAT name of the current tuned station is displayed When the PTY CAT button is pushed during satellite radio mode if so equipped the category name of the current channel is displayed During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button MA or w in the PTY CAT selection mode It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down TUNE button MA or w After selecting a PTY CAT name push the SEEK button or SCAN button within 10 se
334. tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it b Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Starting and driving 5 17 c Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES set switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 18 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may re sult in shortened engine life and re duced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a
335. te the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen I If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Z g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in ve hicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlor ate Material special handling ma
336. ten for a clicking sound of the lock releas ing e Pull up the storage lid from the left and right side of vehicle by hand 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1734 Right side 3 Close the soft top a Remove the harness connectors of the top motor F right side of the vehicle and H left side CAUTION Two harness connectors are installed on the right side and three on the left side as shown Only the harness connectors F and H should be removed Do not remove the other harness connectors and Q SPA1708 Left side b A person on each side of the vehicle should slowly pull the top to the closed position c Latch the front edge of the top to the vehicle body with the top latch lever 4 Push the storage lid down to the vehicle body panel and close it Listen for locking sounds from both right and left sides of the lid Lower the rear section of the top Remove the shock absorber K which sup ports the rear section of the top from the vehicle body Both the left and right side must be removed the figure above shows the left side To remove the shock absorber remove the holder L on the terminal part using a flat bladed screwdriver W CAUTION When the shock absorber is removed the rear section of the top loses support Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 and falls simultaneously Support the top by hand so it does not strike the body
337. the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer setting switch 8 for more than approximately 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the setting switch for more than approximately 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The Instruments and controls 2 9 first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows Elapsed time h m s and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the trip computer setting switch for more than approximately 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the setting switch B for more than approximately 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time Stopwatch h m s You can use the trip computer as a stopwatch Each time the trip computer setting switch iS pushed the stopwatch will be operated as fol lows 7 START STOP
338. the child and other occupants of the ve hicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a _ lap shoulder belt Booster seats are designed to prop erly route the lap and shoulder por tions of the seat belt over the stron gest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Follow all of the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your ve hicle If the booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sud den stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must inst
339. the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FOLDER change CD changer CD with MP3 or WMA Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to change the folders if there are any folders DISC change CD changer CD without MP3 or WMA Push up or down the tuning switch for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ANTENNA The antenna is located at the rear of the vehicle To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To reinstall it screw it securely into the base CAUTION Be sure to remove the antenna before entering a low roof garage or an auto matic car wash Otherwise the antenna may be damaged BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION if so CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in equipped your NISSAN vehicle be sure to observe the A CAUTION following cautions otherwise the new equip A WARNING ment may adversely affect the Engine Control system and other electronic parts WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may
340. the switches as shown above a Trip computer mode switch B Trip computer setting switch When the ignition switch is turned to ON modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer mode switch A Each time the mode switch a is pushed the display will change as follows Speed indicator Outside air temperature ICY Distance to empty dte Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Stopwatch Up shift indica tor setting for M T models gt Speed indicator Speed indicator mph or km h The vehicle speed is displayed in MPH or km h while driving The speed indicator in the trip computer indicates the reference speed The actual speed indicated by the speedometer com bination meter may differ from the one in the trip computer Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature below 37 F 3 C the outside air temperature mode is automati cally selected and the ICY indicator will illumi nate in order to draw the driver s attention Push the mode switch A if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred The ICY indicator will continue blink ing as long as the temperature remains below 39 F 4 C The ambient temperature se
341. the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the but ton again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 2 Select the desired station and keep pushing any of the desired station select buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired sta tions Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If
342. the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly do not transport a child in this vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light amp located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in jury if the front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sen sor pattern sensor This can affect the
343. the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from uninten tionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents SPA1503A LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key to the rear of the vehicle will lock all doors including the rear hatch trunk lid e Turning the driver s door key one time to the front of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door and rear hatch trunk lid From that po sition returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the front again within 5 seconds will unlock the passenger s door Opening and closing windows Turn the driver s door key towards the front of the vehicle UNLOCK position and hold for about 1 second all door windows will begin to lower To close all door windows turn the key to the LOCK position and hold for about 1 second To stop opening or closing turn the key to the neutral position In the event of a hand in the way or other obstruction the auto reverse funct
344. the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before insert ing it into the key hole ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see Engine Cooling System in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the vehicle See Engine cool ing system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additio
345. the shift lever in the 1 Low gear position the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle Starting and driving 5 19 4A WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident e Make sure the automatic transmis sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in
346. the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag The occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child re straints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation becaus
347. tideetien deepuelbehey tanseseicaendceicets Meters and gauges Engine compartment AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS O 2 Illustrated table of contents Supplemental front impact air bags Page 1 28 Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bags P 1 28 3 Seat belts P 1 10 4 Seats P 1 2 Child restraints P 1 17 Head restraints P 1 9 Front seat Active Head Restraints P 1 10 Child restraint anchor point for top tether strap child restraint P 1 24 Occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor Advanced air bag system P 1 35 Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bags P 1 28 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 41 if so equipped EXTERIOR FRONT Hood P 3 8 Windshield wiper and washer Switch P 2 21 Wiper replacement P 8 19 Washer fluid P 8 14 Power windows P 2 39 Automatic adjusting function P 2 40 P 8 15 Recovery hook installation P 6 1 2 License plate installation P 9 12 Headlight park and turn signal lights Switch P 2 24 Bulb P 8 27 Tires Wheels and tires P 8 30 P 9 8 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 13 P 5 3 7 Outside mirrors P 3 27 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 3 Keyfob P 3 5 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table o
348. to remove any slack in the belt 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Front facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section SS0641 Front facing step 7 7 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the ALR mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 thr
349. tomatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 26 Home _ink universal transceiver P 2 43 Rear parcel box P 2 37 Rear parcel box or Navigation system 1 Rear floor box P 2 35 Trunk lid cancel switch P 3 11 Secondary trunk lid release P 3 1 2 Power outlet P 2 31 Console box P 2 35 Parking brake Operation P 5 15 Parking Parking on hills P 5 19 Checking P 8 21 17 Selector lever or shift lever Automatic transmission P 5 10 Manual transmission P 5 13 18 Cargo net P 2 33 if so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 9 INSTRUMENT PANEL 9 Center ventilator P 4 8 10 Passenger supplemental air bag P 1 28 11 Side ventilators P 4 8 12 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 13 13 VDC Vehicle dynamic control OFF switch P 2 29 or TCS Traction control system OFF switch P 2 29 14 Fuel filler door opener switch P 3 23 15 Hood lock release handle P 3 8 16 Fuse box P 8 23 17 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 25 18 Ignition switch P 5 6 19 Navigation system display P 4 2 1 or In strument pocket P 2 32 20 Audio system P 4 12 Clock P 2 30 21 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 23 22 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 27 23 Cup holder P 2 33 94 Heated seat switch P 2 28 25 Heater air conditioner control P 4
350. tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes pol ishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based clean ers as they may damage the leather natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned
351. ts of the vehicle behind you will be reduced The AUTO indicator light A green will be on When the switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position 2 the inside mirror will operate normally For HomeLink Universal Transceiver see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the control knob located on the driver side door armrest to right or left to select the right or left outside mirror then adjust using the knob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SIA e E E A E A 4 2 Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 2 Names of the Component cecsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use BACK button sieiisccesoiscosnsssteninsaternusensanes 4 3 Setting up the start up screen ee cseeseeeeeee
352. ues Be especially careful when driving on slippery surfaces and always drive safely VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle sta bility e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e Ifthe SLIP indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illumi nate in the instrument panel As long as these indicators are illuminated the VDC system function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other driving wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC Starting and driving 5 23 system turned off all VDC system functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will
353. unction is l running not necessary 3 Fan speed control dial y e On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly be come high enough to cause severe or 4 Rear window defroster button See the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion on possibly fatal injuries to people or 5 Air intake button animals Do not leave children or Air recirculation and Fresh air adults who would normally require 6 A C air conditioner button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will automatically turn on The A C button indicator light illuminates 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunc tion Heating AUTO A C off The air condition
354. ur vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug gage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 15 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do 9 16 Technical and consumer information not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or
355. ver allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements ccscscceeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeetees 8 2 General maintenance seca snstscsaenedsnninesccnnatebsassacscomivernateiaiacs 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 4 8 2 Maintenance precautionS ssessssssssressresisrsrenssisnsnsnnnennsnsnsnnnns 8 5 Engine compartment check locations essees 8 7 Engine cooling System s sesssssssssssssrsrssesnsusnsnnuennsnsnnnnenenennne 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 0 eect 8 8 Changing engine coolant scccsssscacseusemniecncomavccacersnsss 8 9 s eaS E E E E T A T etree 8 9 Checking engine oil level sssssssssssssssssssssssrsresrsresrsnssrsnns 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter essees 8 10 Automatic transmission fluid ssssssssssssssssrsrsrsrsrssrsrsrsrenssns 8 12 Power steering MUNG lt cscsstenccsa scdcecanedenecsosiaciceadbtecedesentettec
356. ves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation deterioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care sec tion Window washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving For manual trans mission models move the shift lever to N Neutral position For automatic transmission models move the se lector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands cloth
357. w tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance in snow and ice will be substantially reduced Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be in stalled on 265 35R19 size tires Installa
358. windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Instruments and controls 2 21 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Coupe models WARNING e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the rear window and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window CAUTION e If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position OFF and remove the snow or ice on to operate the wiper and around the wiper arms
359. y apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate X Bluetooth xm BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licenced to Visteon Corporation XM Radio requires subscrip tion sold separately after first 90 days Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more infor mation visit www xmradio com 2007 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number V
360. y set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods a Push the CANCEL switch The SET indicator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows down more than approximately 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e Ifyou depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the selector lever to N Neutral position automatic transmission the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch b Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly
361. your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0292A Fastening the seat belts T Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position fi
362. ystem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded con nection e Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury MEMO Starting and driving 5 27 MEMO 5 28 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency PIAU TIS E EE E A comnubieneedebeatie 6 2 If your vehicle overheats ssessssssssesssrssrsnsrsrsrnsnsnsnenssnsnsnnnnsns 6 9 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 08 6 2 Towing VOU vehicle sosoran 6 10 Changing a flat Ure aces cee eee sates cet cece enecccere cians 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN ccsseeeeeeeees 6 11 Jump Siang estii 6 7 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle 04 6 12 PSR ec to Lal oe meee te serr er trees atten tree neee Caner ere re een eer 6 9 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more o
363. ystem does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using the registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures Instruments and controls 2 19 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer ence from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILISER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device C

Nissan USA pdf 2008 350Z Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents